of his flesh of his family shall redeeme him or if his hand hath attained then he shall redeeme himselfe And he shall count with him that bought him from the yeere that he was sold to him unto the yeere of Iubile and the money of his sale shall be according to the number of yeeres as the daies of an hired servant shall he be with him If there be yet many of the yeeres according unto them shall he restore his redemption out of the money that he was bought for And if there remaine but a few of the yeeres unto the yeere of Iubile when hee hath counted with him according to his yeeres hee shall restore his redemption As an hired servant of the yeere by the yeere shall he be with him he shall not rule over him with rigour before thine eyes And if he bee not redeemed by these then he shall goe-out in the yeere of Iubile hee and his sonnes with him For unto mee the sons of Israel are servants they are my servants whom I brought-forth out of the land of Egypt I am Iehovah your God Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 These letters signifie the beginning of the two and thirtieth section or lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. IN mount Sinai or by the mount that is in the plaine about it where Israel camped still Numb 10. 11. 12. So Manasses is sayd to bee buried in his house 2 Chro. 33. 20. when it was but in the garden of his house 2 King 21. 18. And here God beginneth to teach his people the profession and practise of their obedience unto him in their land and possessions sanctified by the Sabbaths Iubilees Which were a shadow of things to come but the body is of Christ Coloss. 2. 17. 12. Therefore these were the ordinances of mount Sinai which brought forth children unto bondage but wee are come unto mount Sion where the Lambe Christ standeth with his 144. thousand that have his Fathers name written in their foreheads and by faith doe enter into his rest Gal. 4. 25. Rev. 14. 1. Heb. 12. 22. and 4. 3. Vers. 2. rest or keepe sabbath a Sabbath or a rest the Chaldee calleth it a release or remission which word Moses useth in Deut. 15. 1. This Law tooke place when they had possession of the land which was conquered by Iosua in 7. yeeres so the eight yeere after Moses death was the first to be reckned towards the Sabbath yeere and yeere of Iubile as appeareth by Ios. 14. 1. 2. 7. 10. c. For Caleb was 40. yeeres old when hee was sent to veiw the land in the second yeere after their comming out of Egypt Numb 13. Deut. 1. and they were 38. yeers under Moses in the wildernes Deut. 2. 14. and when Caleb was 85. yeeres old the land was given them for inheritance Ios. 14. 7. 10. that in the 8. yeere of Iosua they beganne the count and the seventh yeere after was the first Sabbath yeere and the fiftieth yeere after the first Iubile V. 3. the revenue or income that is the fruit as the Greeke translateth And under these principalls all other worke belonging to husbandry is implied V. 4. Sabbath of sabbatisme that is of rest which two words signifie an exact rest as is noted on Exodus 16. 23. unto the land which should have rest every seventh yeere from being ploughed digged dounged or manured from being reaped or mo 〈…〉 en or the like As the Sabbath day wherein men rested was to teach Israel that they themselves were the Lords so the Sabbath yeere was to teach that the land was the Lords therefore he addeth a Sabbath unto Iehovah meaning unto his honour and in signe of homage unto him which the Chaldee translateth a release before the Lord. The Sabbath day was a rest from their labours laid upon man for sinne Gen. 3. 19. the Sabbath yeere was a rest for the ground which for mans sin God had cursed Gen. 3. 17. In this yeer at the feast of boothes there was a solemn reading of Gods Law before all Israel Deut 31. 10. 13. and at the end of this yeer a release of debts Deut. 15. 1. 2. c. It was a figure of the Sabbath or rest which Christ was to give unto his Church of the understanding which they should have in his Law and the remission of their sins which were their debts Mat. 6. 12. Luk. 11. 4. when the time of grace the acceptable yeere of the Lord should be proclaimed Esay 61. 1. 2. Luke 4. 18. 19. c. 1 Cor. 6. 2. Thus every seventh yeere was for them to meditate of and in faith to expect Christ who is the true Noe that giveth us comfort and rest from our worke and from the sorrow of our hands because of the ground which the Lord hath cursed Genesis 5. 29. prune or cut thy vineyard meaning the superfluous branches of the vines which the husbandman cutteth off to make the trees more fruitfull Therefore to signifie that God would leave the vine of his Church wast he saith it shal not be pruned Esa. 5. 6. And under these all other worke of husbandry is forbidden The Hebrew canons shew it thus It is commanded to rest from tilling of the land and dressing of trees in the seventh yeere Lev. 25. And who so doth worke of tillage of land or trees in that yeere be frusâ—ateth a commandement and transgresseth against a prohibition Lev. 25. 4. They may not plant in the seventh yeere though they bee trees that beare no fruit nor cut off kâ—â—bs from the trees nor brush off withered lea 〈…〉 boughes nor binde up the branches nor make a sm 〈…〉 under them to kill the wormes nor cover the plaâ—â—â— with any thing whrein dung is that the fowles might not eat them when they are tendor nor cover the 〈◊〉 fruits c and so all other culture or husbanaing oâ— trees For sowing or pruning or reaping or gatharing fruits this yeere a man was to be beaten whether they were the fruits of the vineyard or of other trees for other works not expressed in the Law he was not beaten but chastised or scourged He that pla 〈…〉 in the seventh yeere either of ignorance or presum 〈…〉 ously that which he planted was plucked-up-by the roots He that ploughed or dounged his ground in the seventh yeere that it might be the fitter to sow wheâ— the seventh yeere was out they amearsed him he might not sow it at the going out of the seventh yeere If he removed thorns or gathered out stones to fit it against the seventh yeere went out for asmuch as he 〈◊〉 that which was not lawfull he was amearsed but â—ee might sow it at the going out of the yeere c. Maimony tom 3. in Iobel or treat of the Intermission 〈◊〉 Iubile chap. 1. The outward rest of Israel from these laborious works figured a better rest which all the people of God should have by Christ ceasing from
the Amalekites 1 Sam. 15. 18. and the men of Sodem were evill and sinners Gen. 13. 13. And they sinned against their soules in causing their owne death and destruction for the soule is often used for the life as in Gen. 19. 17. and 37. 21. So he that provoketh a King to anger sinneth against his owne soule Prov. 20. 2. broad plates Hebr. out-spreadings of plates that is plates beaten out and spread broad to cover the brazen altar with them and they are hallowed or sanctified so as Sol. Iarchi explaineth it unlawfull for common use because they had made them for vessels of ministerie Or they were now sanctified of God before whom they sinfully offered them to bee an holy signe unto the people for a signe and a memortall to the sonnes of Israel vers 40. to make them remember the transgression of these sinners and to warne them that none hereafter doe the like So Aarons rod was kept for a signe Num. 17. 10. and God threatneth by destroying the wicked to make him a signe and aproverbe Ezek. 14. 8. Now all these things hapned unto them for ensamples and they are written for our admonition upon whom the ends of the world are come 1 Cor. 10. 11. Vers. 40. not any stranger or no man which is a stranger seed of Aaron that is sons or posteritie of Aaron so all Israelites or Levites save Aarons sonnes onely are counted strangers in this case of priesthood that he be not Heb. and he be not as Korah like him in rebellion and in punishment Therefore Moses afterward rehearseth this historie to keepe the people in obedience Deut. 11. 6 7 8. unto him or of him having reference to Moses speech in vers 29 30. that the truth of the judgement denounced might be manifest So the Apostle pronounceth woe unto such and saith they perish in the gaine saying of Kore Iude verse 11. Vers. 41. you have killed or as the Chaldee explaineth it you have caused the death Though they had prayed for the people v. 32. and the strangenesse of the punishments shewed unto all that they were of God and the judgements were still even before the eyes of the congregation yet doe they thus breake out into a new rebellion Vers. 42. the glorie of Iehovah it appeared to help his servants and to represse and punish the rebellious now as in former times Num. 12. 5. and 14. 10. and 16. 19. Vers. 45. Get you up that is Depart or Separate your selves as he said before in verse 21. as in a moment in Greeke at oâ—ce see the notes on verse 21. fell on their faces to pray as 〈◊〉 Ionathan addeth and as they did before in versâ— 22. So did David and the Elders of â—â—rael in 1 Chron. 21. 16. Verse 46. from off the Altar of this Chazkuni saith he warned him hereof that hee might 〈◊〉 erre through haste and effer strange fire a◠〈◊〉 and Abihu Levit. 10. and these other had â—â—re incense Incense that caused death when it was not in the hand of the Friest giveth liâ—e when it is in the Priests hand saith Chazkuni on this place Hereby the mediation of Christ for sinners was figured who is represented by the Aâ—gâ—ll standing at the Altar having a golden censâ—â— and much incense given unto him to offer it with the 〈◊〉 all Saints c. Rev. 8. 3. goe quâ—câ—ly or 〈◊〉 to goe with speed that is as the Chaldee and Greeke translateth carie quickly or in 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 in Chaldee death the Greeke translateth â—e 〈◊〉 begunne to breake that is destroy the pâ—â—ple Vers. 47. he put on incense to make atonement and to appease Gods wrath as it is said or the Priests They shall put it cense in thy 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 thine anger c. and favourably accept thâ—◠〈◊〉 Lord the worke of his hands Deut. 33. 10. 11. Herein he figured Christ our Mediarcur who maâ—â— intercession for the transgressors Esai 53. 12. 〈◊〉 23. 34. So the Hebrewes as R. Menachem on Num. 16. applie that prophesie of Es 〈…〉 ching Christ unto this worke of Aaron saying The meaning of this And he stood betweene the lâ—ving 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 dead is like that in Esai 53. 12. â—e hath 〈◊〉 out his soule unto death c. Verse 48. betweene the dead and the living so interposing and as it were exposing himseâ—â—e to the wrath of God for the people that by the atonement which he now made the plague might be stayed from the living w ch yet remained 〈◊〉 him that is joyned to all the living there is hope c. but the dead know not any thing c. neither 〈◊〉 they any more a portion for ever in any thing that is done under the Sunne c. There is no worke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vice nor knowledge nor wisdome in the grave wâ—â—ther thou goest Eccle. 9. 4. 5. 6. 10. The dead 〈◊〉 not the Lord neither any that goe downe into 〈◊〉 Psal. 115. 17. They that goe downe into the 〈…〉 not hope for the truth of God Esai 38. 18. for after death commeth the iudgement Heb. 9. 27. And so by the Hebrew Doctors it is said There is no atonement for the dead Maimony in Misn. â—om 3. in Pesulei hamukdashin chap. 15. sect 9. And the Chaldee paraphrast on Eccles. 1. 15. hath this saying A man whose wayes are rebellious in this 〈◊〉 and he dieth in them and turneth not by repe 〈…〉 he hath no power to reforme himselfe after his 〈◊〉 and a man that faileth of the Law and 〈◊〉 whiles he liveth he hath no meanes after his death 〈◊〉 be reckoned with the just men in the gar 〈…〉 〈◊〉 or Paradise of God And on Ecclis 6. 6. 〈◊〉 Chaldee paraphraseth thus yea though the 〈◊〉 of the life of a man be two thousand yeares if he have not exercised himselfe in the Law and hath not done judgement and justice by the oath of the Word of the LORD which shall be in the day of his death his soule goeth down to Gehenna or Hell torments unto one place whither all sinners doe goe So there was no estimation nor price of the dead for any vow in Israel as is noted on Levit. 27. 8. the plague was stayed This sheweth how greatly the praiers and actions of his servants doe prevaile with God when they are faithfull servent and according to his will I am 5. 16. 1 Ioh. 5. 14. and fore-shewed the power and efficacie of Christs mediation for God heareth him alwaies Ioh. 11. 42. and hee is the Atonement for our sinnes 1 Iohn 2. 2. and for his sake God before whom the pestilence goeth in wrath remembreth mercie Habak 3. 5. 2. And as the bloud of the Paschall lamb figuring the bloud of Christ 1 Cor. 5. 7. stayed the Angell which destroyed the Egyptians from touching the Israelites Exod. 12. 23. Heb. 11. 28. so the smoke of Aarons incense figuring the mediation of Christ Psal. 141. 2. Revel 8. 4. stayed the plague here
his perverse way and withall discovereth the vanity of his art who being a diviner could not presage the evill that should befall him though such things as these happened in his way which in the opinion of vaine men are signes of ill lucke and therefore by the grounds of his owne craft should have turned him backe or made him to suspect at least that his journey should be unfortunate see 1 Sam. 6. 2 3. 9. But God taketh the wise in their owne craftinesse and the counsell of the froward is carried headlong they meet with darknesse in the day time and grope in the noone day as in the night But he saveth the poore from the sword from their mouth and from the hand of the mighty Iob 5. 13 14 15. The children of God have the Angels to keepe them in all their wayes and to beare them up lest they dash their foot against a stone Pâ—alm 91. 11 12. But Balaam tempting the Lord hath his Angell to withstand him whereby his foot is crushed against the wall yet maketh he no good use thereof Vers. 26. no way to turne aside In this carriage of the Angell the Lord would have us see the proceeding of his judgements against sinners first more mildly shaking his rod at them but letting them goe untouched then comming neerer hee toucheth them with an easie correction as it were wringing their foot against a wall but bringeth them at last to such a strait as they can no way escape his hand but must fall before him Vers. 27. Balaams anger was kindled the wrath of man worketh not the righteousnesse of God Iam. 1. 20. but a furious man aboundeth in transgression Prov. 29. 22. Balaam learned no good by this strange carriage of his beast but is more inraged and smiteth it not knowing that by meanes of it his owne life was saved vers 33. This foolishnesse of the Prophet the dumbe beast reproveth vers 28. c. and in him God would let us see the nature of wicked men which make no good use of his works neither see his providence in the creatures the service whereof he lendeth unto them Vers. 28. opened the mouth of the Asse that the dumbe asse spake with mans voyce 2 Pet. 2. 16. by wich miracle the Prophet had not onely a rebuke but a cause of feare and astonishment yet hardned he himselfe against it also and pleaded for to maintaine his folly vers 29. so no workes signes or miracles are able to change the hardnesse of mans heart but grace from God onely Iohn 12. 37 38. And here we may observe how the deuill to draw into sinne chose the Serpent for his instrument the most subtill beast of the field Gen. 3. 1. but God to rebuke and convince the wicked useth the Asse the most silly of all beasts shewing as in a figure how Satans continuall practise is to corrupt mens mindes from the simplicitie that is in Christ by deceitfull workers by the sleight of men and cunning craftinesse wherby they lie in wait to deceive 2 Cor. 11. 3. 13. Ephes. 4. 14. whiles Christ sendeth men to preach the Gospell not with wisedome of words but with the plaine demonstration of the truth and chuseth the foolish things of the world to confound the wise the weake things of the world to confound the mightie and base things of the world and things despised yea and things which are not to bring to nought things that are 1 Cor. 1. 17. 27 28. For the children of this world are in their generation wiser than the children of light Luke 16. 8. Vers. 29. I would kill thee The Prophet is neither dismaied with the speaking of his dumbe beast nor abated from his wrath but increaseth in evill who before hee knew or inquired of the cauâ—e would presently kill the Asse that saved his life A righteous man regardeth the life of his beast but the bowels of the wicked are cruell Prov. 12. 10. If Balaam looked for such good service of the b 〈…〉 beast and would not be mocked or abused thereby he being a reasonable creature and wiser than many should much lesse have mocked with God and resisted his counsell but by his owne words against his Asse he condemneth him-selfe being guiltie of death for his sinne against God as the Angell sheweth in vers 32 33. Vers. 30. ever since I was thine or since thou to wit hast had me the Greeke translateth it from by youth the Chaldee since thou hast beene and the Hebrew phrase sometime so meaneth as in Gen. â—8 15. since I was where the Greeke also expoundeth it from my youth was I ever wont 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I accustoming beene accustomed By this demand the beast convinceth the Prophets foolishnesse who should have gathered that some extraordinary cause moved it thus to doe seeing it had never done so before teacheth us that wheÌ„ the creatures depart from their kinde and customed obedience unto us we should looke for the cause thereof in our selves for our sinnes against God occasion the creatures to rebell against us Levit. 26. 20 21 22. Vers. 31. uncovered the eyes opened them to see the Angell as the Asse did before him vers 23. signifying that as men cannot see the marvellous things of his Law unlesse he uncover their eyes 〈…〉 s. 119. 18. so neither can they behold the deaths and dangers that are to come on them for the transgression of his Law unlesse he reveale them Esay 47. 11. The way of the wicked is as darknes they know not at what they stumble Pro. 4. 19. bowed himselfe downe on his face or to his face as the Greeke translateth hee bowed downe to his face that is worshipped the face or person of the Angell Vers. 32. Wherefore hast thou smitten c. The Angell rebuketh the misesage of his beast which ought not to be smitten without cause how much lesse then might he smite innocent men with the curse of his tongue And God who saveth man and beast Psal. 36. 7. and commanded that the beasts also should rest from their â—oile on the Sabbath day Deut. 5. 14. and defendeth their innocencie against their cruell masters will much more defend the cause of his people against their wrongfull oppressors Exod. 22. 23. thy way is perverse or the way which thou goest is perverse that is thy purpose and intent in going this journey is contrary to my will which I first revealed unto thee vers 12. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus because it is manifest before me that then wouldest goe in away against me The Apostle openeth and applieth it against the Balaamites of his time in these words an heart they have exercised with covetous practises children of the curse which have forsaken the right way and are gone astray following the way of Balaam the sonne of Bosor who loved the wages of unrighteousnesse 2 Pet. 2. 14 15. The Apostle Iude in vers 11. calleth it the errour of Balaam Vers. 33. turned aside before
knowledge Daemons Mar. 5. 12. of their mighty strength principalities and powers Col. 2. 15. of their calumniation and enmity to God and his creatures they are named the malicious the Devill and Satan 1 Iohn 2. 13. 1 Pet. 5. 8. Mat. 4. 8. 10. And the Devill speaking by this Serpent is therefore called the great dragon that old Serpent which deceiveth all the world Rev. 12. 9. And as him-selfe stood not in the truth but sinned from the beginning 1 Ioh. 3. 8. so soone upon mans creation he overthrew him and is therefore said to be a mankiller from the beginning Ioh. 8. 44. And mans fall and miserie is here immediately joined to his creation and seating in Paradise Also the Hebrew Doctors hold that nothing here mentioned was done after the sixe dayes of the creation all our wisemen doe agree that this whole matter was done the sixt day saith Maimony in Moreh Nebuchim chel 2. per. 30. the woman the weaker vessell 1 Pet. 3. 7. whom Satan thought the more easily to deceive and so did as Paul observeth Adam was not deceived but the woman being deceived was in the transgression 1 Timoth. 2. 14. 2 Corinth 11. 3. So the Serpent set upon Christ in his hunger and infirmity Matthew 4. 2. 3. Yea or Moreover it is a word proceeding from an earnest mind and usually it is an addition to something spoken before So it is likely the Serpent had uttered words against God the sum whereof is in this speech A like phrase is in 1 Sam. 14. 30. because God hath or hath God indeed said So the Chaldee paraphrase translateth in truth that is Is it true that God hath said and the Greeke why is it that God hath said In this understanding Satan beginneth with a question as when by his servants hee sought to have taken Christ in his talke Luke 20. 20. 21. 23. The tentation is directly against Gods word which as it was that whereby the world was made and existed Psal. 33. 6. 2 Pet. 3. 4. so by it all things are upholden or caried Heb. 1. 3. and if Gods word had abidden in Eve shee had overcome the wicked one 1 Ioh. 2. 14. So Satan began the assault upon Christ taking occasion at the word of God this is my sonne Mat. 3. 17 saying If thou bee the Sonne of God Mat. 4. 3. of every tree or of all trees but the Hebrew word for all is sometime used for everyone sometime for any one as Psal. 143. 2. so the Serpents speech was doubtfull and bent to deceive And as here hee assailed the woman about food so he began with Christ Mat. 4. 3. Vers. 2. Trees in Hebrew tree so in vers 7. leafe for leaves This the Scripture openeth as parable Psal. 78. 2. is expounded parables Mat. 13. 35. heart Psal. 95. 8. for hearts Heb. 3. 8. worke Psal. 95. 9. for workes Heb. 3. 9. And in the Hebrew text it selfe as speare 2 King 11. 10. for speares 2 Chron. 23. 9. ship 1 King 10. 22. for ships 2 Chr. 9. 21. See also Gen. 4. 20. Vers. 3. lest ye dye or as the Greek translateth that ye die not This manner of speech doth not alwayes shew doubt but speakes of danger and to prevent evill as Psal. 2. 12. lest he bee angry Gen. 24. 6. lest thou bring for that thou bring not So Mar. 14. 2. lest there be an uprore for that there be not an uprore Mat. 26. 5. Yea sometime it rather affirmeth a thing lest Ezekiah deceive Esa. 36. 18. for which in 2 King 18. 3. is written for he deceiveth you So lest they faint in the way Mat. 15. 32. that is they will faint Mark 8. 3. Vers. 4. not dying dye that is not surely dye the Greeke translateth not die the death Here hee impugneth the certainty of Gods word which had threatned assured death Gen. 2. 17. And thus the Devill was a lyar and the father thereof Ioh. 8. 44. Vers. 5. in the day that is presently so he opposeth present good unto the present evill threatned of God Whom hee also calumniateth as of ill will he had forbidden them this tree then your eyes c. By an ambiguous deceitfull promise hee draweth her into sinne for by opening of eyes shee understood a further degree of wisedome as the like speech importeth Acts 26. 18. Eph. 1. 18. but he meant a seeing of their nakednesse and confusion of conscience as fell out immediately Gen. 3. 7. 10. The Hebrew phrase is and your eyes but and is often used for then as Mark 14. 34. And he saith which another Evangelist writeth Then saith he Mat. 26. 38. so Mark 15. 27. and they crucifie Mat. 27. 38. then were crucified and many the like as Gods This the woman understood of the Father Sonne and Holy Ghost as appeareth by the words of God himselfe in v. 22. but the tempter might meane it also of the Angels which had sinned for Angels are called Gods Psal. 8. 6. who of their knowledge are named Daemons and have wofull experience of the good which they have lost and the evill wherein they lye The Chaldee saith as princes and Devils are also called principalities and powers Col. 2. 15. Another Chaldee paraphrase which goeth under the name of Ionathan for Gods translateth Angels knowing c. the name before given to this tree Gen. 2. 17. the serpent here wresteth to a wrong sense as if to know good and evill were to be like God himselfe that the eating of the fruit would worke such an effect whereas the tree was so called for another cause See Gen. 2. 9. Vers. 6. saw that is looked upon with affectation So Achan saw and coveted and tooke Ios. 7. 21. a desire or a lust that is most pleasant and to be desired to make one wise or to get prudency and so prosperity and good successe thereby as the Hebrew word often signifieth According to these three things which the woman by false suggestion saw in the tree for meat for the eyes and for prudency the Apostle reduceth all that is in the world and not of the father to the lust of the flesh the lust of the eyes and the pride of life 1 Iohn 2. 16. With which we may also compare the three tentations of Christ Luke 4. she gave together with words to move and perswade him for he is said to have hearkned to her voice vers 17. hee did eat so the sinne was accomplished that brought death into the world as God threatned Gen. 2. 17. and the death is gone over all men for that all have sinned and by the disobedience of one the many are made sinners Rom. 5. 12. 19. By eating the Scripture elsewhere signifieth the committing of sinne Prov. 30. 20. Againe by eating sinne and death are done away and life restored in Christ Ioh. 6. 50. 54. whom Satan sought to have drawne into sinne also by eating but was defeated Mar. 4. 2. 3. 4. This first sinne
salvation wherwith God clotheth his Church Esay 61 10. Vers. 22. is become as one to weet of us three the Father the Word and the Holy Spirit 1 Ioh. 5. 7 See before in Gen. 1. 26. Thus God upbraided Satans lying speech used in v. 5. and would leave an impression in Adams hart of his pride and folly in beleeving the Serpents deceitfull promises that so long as he lived an exile here on earth he might haue continuall motives of repentance and humiliation The Hebrew phrase is as one meaneth is made or become as one as this is Psal. 118. 23. the Evangelist translateth this is done Mat. 21. 42. lest he put An unperfect speech where we may understand by that which followeth he must be driven out lest he be put c. Such phrases are usuall as Gen. 38. 11. 42. 4. Mat. 25. 9. and eate and live or that he may eate and live And is often used for That and noteth the end and purpose of an act as here so in 2 Sam. 21. 3. 2 King 3. 11. Lam. 1. 19. Because the tree of life and the eating of it was at first a signe of eternall life to man if he had obeyed his creator as is noted on Gen. 2. 9. it might not now in the justice of God be so continued to man fallen into disobedience Neither was the new covenant betweene God and man of obedience againe by the workes of the Law unto life but of faith in Christ the womans seed unto forgivenesse of sinnes Gen. 3. 15. 20. God therfore in driving the man from this tree would drive him from all confidence in him-selfe and his owne workes and so from abuse of this tree also which might turne to his further judgement that hee might seeke the life in heaven which is hid with Christ in God Col. 3. 1. 2. 3. who will give to such as by faith doe overcome the world to eate of the tree of life which is in the midst of the Paradise of God Rev. 2 7. V. 23. to till tillage hath the name in Hebrew of servile-worke for all even Kings are as servants to the field Eccles. 5. 8. And this hard labour was a continuall remembrance of sinne and doctrine of humiliation and repentance Wherefore God after in the Law freed every seventh or Sabbath yeare from this tillage in his land when they did all alike eat of that which grew of it owne accord Lev. 25. 4. 6. to remember their former ease lost by sinne but to bee restored spiritually by Christ when hee should preach the acceptable yeare of the Lord Esay 61. 2. 2 Cor. 6. 2. Vers. 24. drove out or expulsed not to return thither againe but that he might seeke admission into the heavenly paradise whereunto Christ giveth entrance Luke 23. 43. minding himselfe an exile and pilgrime here on earth 1 Pet. 2. 11. 2 Cor. 5. 1. 4. The Hebrewes say in Bresith ketanna on this place Adam was driven out of paradise in this world but in the world to come he shalnot be driven out The remembrance of this future mercy was kept afterward among the Gentiles for it is one of the Chaldean oracles Seeke paradise the glorious country of the soule Cherubins or Cherubs These were living creatures with wings as may bee â—athered by comparing Ezek. 1. 5. and 10. 1. 15. the figures of such were wrought in the Tabernacle Exod. 25. 18. and 26. 1. See the annotations there Moses here seemeth to meane Angels by this name for they have appeared sometime with wings flying Dan. 9. 21. and with sword 1 Chron. 21 16. and as fierie chariots 2 King 6. 17. as here they have the flame of a sword that is a flaming sword as the Greeke translateth it to keepe man out of paradise Of Angels see the notes on Gen. 16. 7. By these also God further might signifie the Angels or Ministers in his spirituall paradise the Church and the sharpe two edged sword of his Word wherewith they are armed against all the disobedient 2 Cor. 10. 4. 5. 6. But the twelve Angels at the twelve gates of that paradise direct from all quarters of the world to enter thereinto by the gates which are never shut such as are written in the lambs booke of life where the tree of life groweth and giveth fruit wherein they haue right that doe the commandements of God Rev. 21. 12. 25. 27. and 22. 2. 14. turned it selfe to weet every way for more terrour that man should not there attempt re-entrance Such spiritually is the use of the Law and doctrine therof which terrifieth the conscience and by the workes whereof no flesh can be justified Rom. 3. 20. but it serveth to drive men unto Christ that they may be made righteous by faith Gal. 3. 24. The ancient Iewes had an expectation of recovery of this losse by Christ though now they are ignorant of him for they write of seven things which the King Christ shall shew unto Israel two of which are the garden of Eden and the tree of life R. Elias ben Mosis in Sepher reshith choemah fol. 4. 12. Also expounding that in Song 1. 4. the King hath brought me into his chambers Our Doctors of blessed memory have sayd that these are the chambers of the garden of Eden And againe There are also that say of the tree of life that it was not created in vaine but the men of the resurrection that are raised from the dead shall eate thereof and live for ever R. Menachem on Gen. 3. And by the garden of Eden or Paradise it seemes they understood the kingdome of heaven for the Chaldee paraphrast on Song 4. 12. saith as the garden of Eden into which no man hath power to enter but the just whose soules are sent thither by the hands of Angels According to these speeches familiar in olde time among the Iewes the Holy Ghost also speaketh of carriage by Angels into Abrahams bosome Luke 16. 22. of being with Christ in paradise Luke 23. 43. and of eating of the tree of life which is in the midst of the paradise of God Rev. 2. 7. And that the Iewes understood not these things carnally appeareth by these words of theirs In the world to come there is no eating or drinking nor any other of the things which the bodies of the sonnes of Adam have neede of in this world as sitting and standing and sleepe and death and sorrow and miâ—th and the like So our ancient wise men have sayd In the world to come there is no eating nor drinking nor use of mariage but the just doe sit with their crownes upon their heads and have the fruition of the glory of the Majestie of God Maimony in Misn. treat of Repentance ch 8. S. 2. CHAPT IIII. 1. The birth trade and religion of Kaine and Abel 8. Kaine killeth Abel 9. for it he is examined of God 11. and cursed 13. he despaireth 16. and departeth from Gods presence 17. Kaine buildeth the
signified that he should with sundry other things worthy to bee observed in the briefe Historie of these tenne Fathers Vers. 21. Mathusala so in Luke 3. 37. in Hebrew Methushelach which is by interpretation He dyeth and the emission or dart meaning the flood commeth Enoch being a Prophet foretold in his sonnes name of the flood to come in the yeere that Mathusala dyed as came to passe Compare Iude vers 14. 15. Vers. 22. walked with God that is led his life and administred before God holily justly and faithfully and so pleasing to God as Gen. 6. 9. Wherefore the Apostle following the Greeke version saith he pleased God which without faith it is unpossible to doe Heb. 11. 5. 6. The Chaldee translateth he walked in the feare of the Lord and the lerusalemy Thargum saith he served or laboured in the truth before the Lord. And by comparing the like speech unto Eli 1 Sam. 2. 30. 35. it seemeth to imply a pleasing or acceptable ministration of office before the Lord. Wherefore Enoch is noted to be a Prophet Iude 14. And Noe who also walked with God Gen. 6. 9. was a Preacher of justice 2 Pet. 2. 5. Of Eli it is spoken touching the Priesthood 1 Sam. 2. 30. 35. and of David in the Kingdome Psal. 56. 14. and 116. 9. See also Gen. 17. 1. Thus Enoch was a speciall figure of Christ. Vers. 24. he was not to weet not found as the Apostle according to the Greeke saith Heb. 11. 5. and the Chaldee addeth he appeared not and yet the Lord killed him not The like speech is also used of them that are taken away by death Ier. 31. 15. which the Evangelist alledging addeth the word are or were that wanted in the Hebrew as in this place it is wanting also God tooke him that is translated him saith the Apostle that he should not see death Heb. 11. 5. where the Arabicke version addeth he was translated into Paradise meaning the heavenly Paradise mentioned Luke 23. 43. 2 Cor. 12. 2. 4. So Elias was taken up into heaven 2 King 2. and the Hebrew Doctors say that Enoch was taken up in a whilewind as Elias was and that he was disarayed of the foundation corporall and clothed with the foundation spirituall Also that God shewed him all the high treasures and shewed him the tree of life in the midst of the garden c. R. Menachem on Gen 5. and the Zohar on the same By this translating of Enoch God assured all the faithfull of their resurrection and eternall life therefore they after applyed the like worke of God to themselves after death as in Psal. 49. 16. And the Apostle teacheth we shall all be changed and shall have spirituall bodies and a building of God an house not made with hand eternall in the heavens with which house we desire to be clothed-upon c. 1 Cor. 15. 51. 44. and 2 Cor. 5. 1. 2. Ben Syrach saith Enoch translated was an example of repentance to all generations Ecclesiasticus 44. 16. Vers. 25. Lamech Hebr. Lemec Vers. 29. Noe so written in Luke 3. 36. 1 Pet. 3. 20. The Hebrew soundeth Noach which signifieth rest which proceedeth from comfort as the words following shew his name having affinity with Nachum comfort us from our worke that is comfort us with rest from our worke as the Greeke translateth he shall give us rest from our workes This prophesie his father uttered of him as hee that should be a figure of Christ in his building the Arke and offering of sacrifice whereby God smelled a savour of rest and said hee would not curse the ground any more for mans sake Gen. 8. 21. Of wee may reade it comfort us concerning our worke c. from the earth understand againe which commeth from the earth for the earth being cursed bare not fruits without great labour and sorrow Gen. 3. 17. 18. hath cursed Hebr. hath cursed it but this phrase our Tongue useth not for it I therefore say before the or that which And the Hebrew text sometime omits it as superfluous 2 Chron. 28. 3. with 2 King 16. 3. Vers. 32. 500. yeares old Hebr. sonne of 500. yeeres that is going in his 500. yeere An usuall speech in the Hebrew Scripture of mens age or of beasts Gen. 17. 1. Exod. 12. 5. But sometime it is not meant of naturall age properly as appeareth 2 Chron. 22. 2. compared with 2 King 8. 26. where Ahaziah is sonne of 22. yeeres for his owne life but sonne of 42. yeeres for the state of his kingdome And by being old or sonne of 500. yeere is not meant that yeere full ended but while hee was living in that yeere As appeareth by Gen. 7. 6. where Noe is 600 yere old which in v. 11. is explained to be In the yeare of the 600. yeere of his life Accordingly must we understand the ages of men and beasts spoken of in Scripture as when a Levite entred upon his Ministery being a sonne of 30. yeeres Num. 4. 3. it is meant going in the 30. yere of his life Therefore Christ fulfilling that and all other figures entred upon his Ministery when he began to be of 30. yeeres as is expressed Luk. 3. 23. And for the sacrifices in the Law which were to be of any yeerling beast after the Hebrew phrase sonne of a yeere Exod. 12. 5. the Iewes have left recorded that it must be strictly within the first yere of the life and if it bee but an houre older then a yeere it is not allowable for an oblation to God Maimony 8. book in Magnaseh Korbanoth chap. 1. S. 13. Noe begat that is began to beget for all his three sonnes were not borne in a yeere but Shem was borne two yeeres after when his father was 502 yeers old as may bee gathered by Gen. 11. 10. where two yeeres after the flood hee was but an hundred yeeres old and then was Noe his father 602. by Gen. 7. 6. See the like of Thara Gen. 11. 26. Sem Cham and Iapheth sounded in Hebrew Shem Cham and Iepheth of which Iapheth was the eldest Sem the next and C ham the youngest as is evident both by the former note of Sems age and by Gen. 10. 21. and 9. 24. But because Sem was in dignity preferred of God before his brethren Gen. 9. 26. 27 therefore he is first named The like is in the history of Abram and his brethren Gen. 11. 26. So Iaakob is named before Esau his elder Gen. 28. 5. and Ephraim before Manasses Gen. 48. 20. CHAPT VI. 1 The sonnes of God marry with the daughters of men 4 so Giants are bred 5 wickednesse increaseth 6 God repenteth that he made Man 7 and will destroy them 8 Noe findeth grace 13 and is forewarned of the Flood 14 The Arke with matter and forme thereof is commanded to bee made 18 for the saving of Noes house 19 and some of all living things 21 with provision of food 22 Noe doth all that God commanded
former teares to proceed not from true repentance And in hating his brother for the blessing hee shewed himselfe to bee of that wicked one as was Kain 1 Ioh. 3. 12. 15. This hatred continued also in his posterity against Iakob Obad. v. 10. 11. c. for my father the Hebrew phrase as also the Greeke is of my father but the meaning is for my fathers death as the like speeches otherwhere manifest Ezek. 24. 17. Ier. 6. 26. and at burials they used to mourne seven daies Gen. 50. 10. The Greeke translateth Let the daies of my fathers mourning be nigh that I may kill Iakob my brother so making it a wish for his fathers speedy death and the Hebrew also will bear that translation yea his words are such as may imply not a stay till his fathers death but that hee would with the first opportunity kill Iakob and so his father would soone die with sorrow Thus meaning he would be a double parricide And Rebekah with the first sent Iakob away to prevent danger Vers. 42. comforteth himselfe in respect of his losse of the blessing with this purpose and hope to kill thee So the comfort of the wicked is grounded on evill The Greeke translateth he threatneth thee and the Chaldee he layeth wayt for thee Vers. 43. flee thou or flee for thy selfe and for thy safety Here the blessing brought speedy persecution and exile upon Iakob which his mother counselled him in faith to undergoe rather then for his life to make accord with Esau and to forgoe his first birthright now obtained Vers. 44 a few daies these fell out to bee twenty yeeres as the sequele of the history sheweth Gen. 31. 38. and Rebekah saw him no more as the Hebrew Doctors gather by the time of her death which they thinke was before Iakob came againe See the notes on Gen. 35. 8. Vers. 45. why should I be the Greeke turneth it lest I be bereaved and she speaketh of the losse of them both for that Esau for his murder was also to be killed by the law in Gen. 9. 6. or if man had not punished him God might have cursed and cast him out as he did Kain Gen. 4. 11. 16. of Cheth the Greeke saith daughters of the sonnes of Cheth the Chethites whom Esau had maried Gen. 26. 34. 35. This griefe she tooke for an occasion also to get Isaaks consent unto Iakobs departure of the land that is of the inhabitants of the land whether Chethites or any other of the Canaanites see Gen. 11. 1. wherefore have I that is what good will my life doe me meaning none at all CHAP. XXVIII 1 Isaak blesseth Iakob and sendeth him to Padan Aram for a wife 9 Esau seeing it marieth Machalath the daughter of Ismael 10 Iakob by the way hath a dreame and vision of a ladder 13 God appearing promiseth to blesse him and bring him home againe 16 Iakob awaking and moved with reverence of the place annointeth a stone set up for a pillar and nameth the place Bethel 20 and maketh a vow to honour God there when he shall returne in peace ANd Isaak called Iakob and blessed him and commanded him and said unto him Thou shalt not take a wife of the daughters of Canaan Arise goe to Padan Aram to the house of Bethuel thy mothers father and take to thee a wife from thence of the daughters of Laban thy mothers brother And God Almighty blesse thee and make thee fruitfull and multiply thee and be thou an assembly of peoples And he give to thee the blessing of Abraham to thee and to thy seed with thee that thou maist inherite the land of thy sojournings which God gave unto Abraham And Isaak sent-away Iakob and he went to Padan Aram unto Laban son of Bethuel the Syrian the brother of Rebekah mother of Iakob and Esau. And Esau saw that Isaak had blessed Iakob and sent him to Padan Aram to take unto him a wife from thence when he blessed him and commanded him saying thou shalt not take a wife of the daughters of Canaan And Iakob had obeyed his father and his mother and was gone to Padan Aram. And Esau saw that the daughters of Canaan were evill in the eyes of Isaak his father Then went Esau unto Ismael and tooke Machalath daughter of Ismael son of Abraham the sister of Nebajoth unto his wives to him to wife 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And Iakob went-forth from Beersheba and went to Charran And he lighted upon a place and taried there all night because the sunne was gone-downe and he tooke of the stones of the place and put for his pillowes and lay-downe in that place And he dreamed and behold a ladder set-up on the earth and the head of it reaching to the heavens and behold the Angels of God ascending and descending on it And behold Iehovah was standing above it and said I Iehovah the God of Abraham thy father and the God of Isaak the land that which thou lyest upon to thee will I give it and to thy seed And thy seed shall be as the dust of the earth and thou shalt spread-abroad to the sea and to the East and to the North and to the south and blessed shall be in thee all families of the earth and in thy seed And behold I will be with thee and will keepe thee in all the way that thou shalt goe and will returne thee againe unto this land for I will not leave thee untill that I have done that which I have spoken unto thee And Iakob awaked out of his sleepe and he said Surely Iehovah is in this place and I knew it not And he feared and said how fearefull is this place this is no other but the house of God and this is the gate of heavens And Iakob rose-up-early in the morning and took the stone that he had put for his pillowes and set it for a pillar and he powred oile upon the head thereof And hee called the name of that place Bethel but Luz was the name of the citie at the first And Iakob vowed a vow saying If God will be with mee and will keepe mee in this way which I am going and will give me bread to eat and rayment to put on And I returne in peace unto my fathers house and Iehovah shall be to me a God And this stone which I have set for a pillar shall be the house of God and of all that thou shalt give to me I will tithing givethe-tenth unto thee Annotations BLessed him God hereby confirmed Iakobs faith against doubts and feares both of things past and to come while his father now wittingly and willingly blesseth him and comforteth him against future troubles that might befall him in his pilgrimage The Hebrew Doctors say Better is the end of a thing then the beginning thereof Eccles. 7 8. the first blessings where with Isaak blessed Iaakob were of the dew of heaven and corne of the earth Gen. 27. 28. the after
is no where found but in this place mules elsewhere are called Peradim 1 King 10. 25. 2 King 5. 17. It is therefore doubted what Iemim here meaneth And the Greek leaveth it untranslated Iamein as not knowing what it should be The Chaldee turneth it Gibbaraja that is Mighties or Giants as the word is used Gen. 6. 4. Others because Iemim hath affinity with Iam the Sea and majim waters translate it hot-waters or bathes which Anah should find in the desert But because it is knowne that mules are ingendred of the mixture of horses and asses or of he-asses and mares as Pliny sheweth in Histor. b. 8. ch 44. translated commonly therefore in Greeke hemionous that is half-asses 1 King 10. 25. c. and mules of themselues are barren and doe not encrease as the Philosopher noteth Arist. de Animal l. 15. it is likely they were not created at the first of God because he gaue all such creatures this blessing to be fruitfull and to multiply Gen. 1. 22. 28. and 8. 17. And that therefore they were found out by the wit of this man who feeding his fathers asses caused them to ingender with another kind as horses which was both against nature as first God set every thing according to his kind Gen. 1. 24. and 6. 19. 20. and against the plaine law which he after gave unto Israel Levit. 19. 19. thou shalt not let thy cattell engender with a diverse kind And the name Iemim first given them by Anah might be changed into Peradim which hath the signification of Parted or Separated as differing from all other beasts Vers. 26. Dishan called Dishon vers 21. and 1 Chron 1. 41. in Greek Deson Chemdan called also Chamram 1 Chron. 1. 41. d changed into r as is often see Gen. 10. 3. In Greeke Amada and Amadam 1. Chron. 1. 41. Cerán pronounced Keran or Cran in Greeke Charran Vers. 27. Akan called Iakan 1 Chron. 1. 42. in Greeke here Oukam and in 1 Chron. 1. 42. Ilakan Vers. 28. Aran. Thus have wee here of Seir seven sons and a daughter and againe of those seven nineteene sons and a daughter All which for Esaus sake are registred in the book of God Vers. 29. Chorites Hebr. Chorite singular for plurall as vers 21. see Gen. 10. 16. The Greek keepeth the singular Chorri Vers. 30. their Dukes that is their kingdomes as the Greek translateth it For these 7 sons of Seir had their Dukedomes at one time in severall places and did not one succeed another as the Kings that follow So King in Esay 23. 15. is used for the Kingdome of Babylon and foure Kings in Dan. 7. 17. are foure kingdomes as the Holy Ghost there expoundeth it in vers 23. the fourth beast shall bee the fourth kingdome and the throne of the Kings 2 King 11. 19. is by another Prophet called the throne of the kingdome 2 Chron. 23. 20. Vers. 31. of the sonnes or to that is over or among the sonnes of Israel the Greek saith in Israel that is before Moses time for he was King in Ieshurun Deut. 33. 5. Thus Esau after his Dukes had of his posterity 8 Kings which successively ruled their people whiles Israel was in affliction in Aegypt Exod. 1. c. Vers. 32. Bela in Greek Balak and in 1 Chron. 1. 43. in stead of Beor the Greeke hath Sepphor according to the name of the King of Moab in Numb 22. 2. Vers. 33. Bozrah a chiefe Citie in the land of Edom Esay 34. 6. and 63. 1. in Greek called Bosora Vers. 34. of Temani that is of the Temanites which had the name of Duke Teman Esaus Nephew verse 15. Of this land was Eliphaz Iobs friend Iob 2. 11. By interpretation Teman signifieth the South and so the Chaldee here taketh it The Gr. translateth Asom of the land of Thaimanon Vers. 35. Bedad in Greeke here Barad but in 1 Chron. 1. 46. Badad smote that is killed as the Chaldee and Greeke explaine see Gen. 14. 17. field that is country see Gen. 14. 7. Avith called Ajith 1 Chron. 1. 46. in Greeke here Gethaim but in 1 Chron. 1. 46. Ebith Vers. 36. Samlah in Greeke Samada of Massekka in 1 Chr 1. 47. Samaa of Meserika Vers. 37. Rechoboth a City built by Nimrod Gen. 10. 11. in Greeke Robooth It was by the River Euphrates as the Chaldee expoundeth it Vers. 38. Baal-chanan the same name by transplacing the parts of it is Hannibal Channibaal of which name were sundry Captaines afterward as in the story of the Carthaginean wars The Greek saith here Ballaenon in 1 Chron. 1. 49. Balenon son of Achobor Vers. 39. Hadar called Hadad 1 Chron. 1. 50. The Greeke is Arad son of Barad Pau called also Pai 1. Chron. 1. 50. in Greeke Phogor but in 1. Chron. 1. 50. Phaoul In that these Kings were of so sundry Cities it appeareth their Kingdomes came not by inheritance but either by election of the people or gotten by conquest according to the Oracle by thy sword shalt thou live Gen. 27. 40. daughter of Me-zahab by daughter some understand neece others take Mezahab for the name of a City Medava named of golden waters which the word signifieth a daughter or inhabitant whereof she was The Greek here translateth Son of Maizook in 1 Chron. 1. daughter in Chaldee daughter of the Gold-melter or Gold smith In 1 Chron. 1. 51. there is added the death of this Hadar here omitted as And Hadad dyed Vers. 40. the Dukes after eight Kings it seemeth the forme of government was againe changed among the Edomites though it is uncertaine when it was At Israels comming out of Aegypt they mention the Dukes of Edom Ex. 15. 15. and as they passed through the wildernesse they sent to the King of Edom Num. 20. 14. and here it was said these 8 Kings reigned in Edom before any king reigned in Israel v. 31. It is likely therfore that upon the unkind dealing of that King of Edom w ch seemeth to be Hadar who denyed to let Israel pass through their Land the Lord removed the dignity of Kings from that common-wealth and let it bee ruled by Dukes againe whereof eleven are here by name rehearsed families the Greeke saith in their tribes Timna in Greek Thamna and Thaiman in 1 Chron. 1. 51. Alva called Alja 1 Chron. 1. 51. in Greeke Gola and there Aloua Ietheth in Greeke Iethar Vers. 41. Aholibamah the Greek writeth these names here Olibemas Helas Phinon in 1 Chr. 1. 52. Elibama Hela Phinon Vers. 42. Mibzar in Greeke Mazar Vers. 43. Iram in Greek here Zaphoei but in 1 Chron. 1. 54. Areraman habitations which the Greeke translateth aedifices that is builded habitations possession or firme-hold whereas Iakob and his children dwelt in the land of their peregrination or sojournings vers 7. Gen. 37. 1. and 28. 4. God thus giving Esau his portion first in this world and after doing good unto Israel Deut. 2. 5. c. See also Gen. 25.
Iosephs good affection and godlinesse And this was one occasion which his brethren tooke to hate him So Christ was hated of the world for testifying that the workes thereof were evill Ioh. 7. 7. Vers. 3. of old-age unto him that is of his old-age borne when his father was old so Gen. 44. 20. The Chaldee applieth this old age to Iosephs manners saying he was a wise sonne unto him And others say was not Benjamin also a sonne of old age But because Iakob saw by the spirit of prophesie that Ioseph should reigne therefore he loved him above all his sonnes Pirkei R. Eliez ch 38. many colours Hebr. passim that is varieties and so the Greeke hath poikilon various or manifold to weer in threeds and colour an embroydered coat such kings daughters used to weare 2 Sam. 13. 18. Such God spiritually clotheth his Church withall Psal. 45. 14. 15. Ezek. 16 10. 13. and thereby is signified the varietie of wisedome and manifold graces given to his people Ephes. 3. 10. 1 Pet. 4. 10. Song 1. 9. 10. And Christ had such above his fellowes Psal. 45. 8. Heb. 1. 9. Vers. 4. with peace or unto peacé that is peaceably gently lovingly for of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh Matth. 12. 34. The Greeke translateth no peaceable thing Vers. 5. dreamed by such meanes God used of old to shew unto men what he was about to doe Gen. 41. 25. Iocl 2. 28. Numb 12. 6. 1 King 3. 5. Such dreames were to bee regarded as oracles of God other have their deceits and vanities see Gen. 20. 3. And God sent dreames to his people sometime to comfort sometime to chasten and afflict the 〈…〉 Matt. 2. 19. 22. Iob 7. 13. 14. the more Hebr. they added yet to hate him So Christ and his disciples for declaring Gods word were hated of men as Ioh. 17. 14. I have given them thy word and the world hath hated them This storie of Ioseph is a patterne of afflictions which the godly suffer in this world for Christs sake and for the word of their testimony and it ministreth comforts to the distressed V. 7. binding Hebr. sheaving or sheaf-binding This being harvest worke and harvest usually signifying the latter time or end Psal. 126. 5. 6. Matt. 13. 39. Rev. 14. 15. God foreshewed not the present but future honour which Ioseph should have after many dayes of sorrow Also when his brethren went into Egypt for corne this dreame was fulfilled Gen. 42. 6. within or in the midst of a field compassed or stood-round about and this is a signe of honour to him that is compassed Therefore the testimoniall of Gods glorious presence usually is in the midst and others stand about Num. 2. 17. Rev. 4. 3. 4. So Exod. 18. 13. Ps. 7. 8. 142. 8. bowed downe or did obeysance as was fulfilled in Gen. 42. 6. Vers. 8. reigning reign that is in deed reigne so after in deed rule and in verse 10. in deed come They apply this dreame unto themselves as did also the Madianites Iudg. 7. 13. 14 which aggravated their sinne in resisting Gods manifested will Ioh. 15. 22. The manner of speaking is also a denyall shalt thou reign that is thou shalt not see Gen. 18. 17. Thus Moses and Christ himselfe were refused by their people Act. 7. 27. 35. Luk. 19. 14. Vers. 10. brethren Abrahams seed were likened to starres for multitude Gen. 22. 17. here Iakobs children are likened to starres for glory shining as lights in the world Phil. 2. 15. and in Dan. 8. 10. they are also the host of heaven Iakob and his wife are here the sunne and moone such honour God vouchsafeth to his contemned servants And Ioseph in this as in many other particulars may resemble Iesus at whose name all knees must bow Phil. 2. 10. Vers. 11. observed laid it to heart howsoever for the present he gave his sonne a light rebuke not fully perceiving the end of the thing Thus is it spoken also of Mary the mother of Christ Luke 2. 19. 51. Vers. 14. the peace that is the welfare or how they prosper as the Greeke explaineth it if they be well See Gen. 41. 16. As Ioseph here so Christ was sent to the lost sheepe of the house of Israel not onely to know but to procure their peace Matt. 15. 24. Luk. 19. 42. to Sechem which was about 60. English miles distant from Chebron There also was that great massacre committed a while before by Iakobs sonnes Gen. 34. The danger of the place might make Iakob more careful to inquire of their welfare V. 15. a man The Hebrew Doctors understand this of the Angel Gabriel called in Dan. 9. 21. the man Gabriel Pirket R. Eliez ch 38. but this is uncertain Vers. 16. seeking my brethren this setteth forth Iosephs care diligence So the Sonne of man came to seeke and save that which was lost Luk. 19. 10. Vers. 17. Dothan or Dothain for both waies it is written The Greeke calleth it Dothaim It was a place about 8. miles from Sechem In this towne was Elizeus the Prophet 2 King 6. 13. Vers. 18. craftily conspired or malignantly as the Greeke translation saith This word is also used in Psal. 105. 25. and Num. 25. 18. of the Egyptians and Madianites craftily plotting against the Israelites So the husbandmen conspired the death of the Sonne of God Luk. 20. 14. This is the heire come let us kill him Vers. 19. master of dreames this they speake in mockage the Greeke translateth it a dreamer The Hebrew phrase meaneth one that hath great skill in dreaming or a captaine dreamer as his brethren are after called masters of arrowes that is cunning archers for their malicious practises against him Gen. 49. 23. and a master of anger is an angry furious man Prov. 22. 24. and 29. 22. Vers. 20. one of the pits or some pit this setteth forth their inhumane cruelty that would kill their brother and not vouchsafe him honest buriall to which they next adde a lye to dissemble their murder and a contempt of the oracles of GOD which they sought and thought to defeat So running headlong together into a world of wickednesse envie carying them Acts 7. 9. Gen. 49. 23. Vers. 21. delivered him to weet in respect of death which they intended against him in soul that is so as to take away his life smite him dead A like phrase is in Ier. 40. 14. Deut. 19. 6 11. for which in Numb 35. 11. 15. is said to smite a soule so also in Levit. 24. 17. 18. where soule is put for the life of man or beast See Gen. 19. 17. Smiting is used for killing Gen. 4. 15. Vers. 22. that or to the end that The Greeke addeth sor he sought that he might deliver him It appeareth by Gen. 42. 22. that Ruben exhorted them to more then they would yeeld unto Vers. 23. stript Ioseph so Iesus also was stripped by the wicked Mat. 27. 28. Here Ioseph in the
anguish of his soule besought his brethren for favour but they would not heare him Genes 42. 21. Vers. 24. no water into such a dungeon was Ieremie put Ier. 38. 6. and out of such a pit in figure God delivereth his people as Zacharie 9. 11. I have sent forth thy prisoners out of the pit wherein is no water Vers. 25. eate bread so doe the wicked eating Gods people Psal. 14. 4. This sheweth they wanted remorse or sought at least to put it away with banqueting as eating of bread sometime signifieth Exod. 18. 12. See also Gen. 25. 34. way-faring-company of Ism. the Greeke translateth wayfaring Ismaelites and the Chaldee calleth them a troupe of Arabians After in verse 28. they are called Madianites and in verse 36. Medanites so they were a mixt people dwelling in that country called therefore by the Chaldee Arabians which signifieth Mixed people see Gen. 10. 7. Gilead which was a place of merchandise as appeareth also in Ier. 8. 22. and 22. 6. and 46. 11. spicerie in Hebrew Necoth which is thought to be a certaine fruit of some waxe baum or rosin as the Greeke translateth it a thing good to heale wounds Ier. 8. 22. and 46. 11. and 51. 8. myrrh or Ladanum which is a sat moisture on the herb Ladum or the fruit of the Lot tree according to the Hebrew name Lot So Gen. 43. 11. Or according to the Greeke Stacte commonly called Storax liquida which is made of the fatte of new myrrh as Dioscorides saith in b. 1. c. 62. V. 26. conceale or cover hide his blood Iob 16. 18. Vers. 27. hearkened or heard and so consented and obeyed Vers. 28. Midianites children of Midian Abrahams sonne by Keturah Genes 25. 2. who dwelt in the Ismaelites country which also were Abrahams children by Hagar Gen. 16. 15. therefore they are here called by both names So in Iudg. 8. 22. 24. 26. It may also bee translated thus And the men the Midianite merchants passed by shekels or shillings this word the Chaldee expresseth which wanteth in the Hebrew What a shekel was see noted on Genes 20. 16. Christs price was a little more whom Iudas Iscariot sold for 30. shekels Mat. 27. 3. yet that was but the price of a slaves life Exod. 21. 32. here Ioseph is by the counsell of his brother Iudas the Patriarch sold for a slave Psal. 105. 17. for twenty shekels After by the law mens persons of Iosephs age were in case of vowes valued at twenty shekels Levit 27 5. but those were shekels of the sanctuary double the value of common shekels The Hebrew Doctors referre unto this that threatning against Israel because they sold the just one for silver and the poore for a paire of shooes Amos 2. 6. and they feigne that of the 20. shekels every of the tenne Patriarchs had two shekels to buy shooes for their feet Pirkei R. Eliez ch 38. Vers. 29. rent his clothes a signe of sorrow and renting of the hart with griefe Ioel 2. 13. So Iakob did v. 34 others Iob 2. 12. Gen. 44. 13. Num. 14. 6 Vers. 30. is not to weet alive so hee thought and so the phrase signifieth Ier. 31. 15. for he supposed his brethren had killed him as verse 20. Vers. 31. a kid or goat-bucke By this pollicie Iakob should suppose his sonne was dead and and make no further inquirie after him Vers. 33. is torne is torne or tearing is torne that is surely torne the Chaldee saith killed This is added to all Iakobs former sorrowes and one of the most grievous for which he admitted no comfort verse 35. Isaak also was yet alive and a partaker of his son Iakobs griefe See the notes on Gen. 35. 29. Vers. 34. sackcloth another signe of sorrow with which they sometime added earth or ashes upon their heads 2. Sam. 3. 31. 1 King 21. 27. Nehem. 9. 1. Est. 4. 1. Vers. 35. all his sonnes the evill doers counterfeit sorrow and conceale their cruell fact Reuben himselfe also keepeth counsell The Rabbines say they had bound themselves by a curse not to bewray it R. Eiezer per. 38. to hell or to the grave the word meaneth not the grave digged or made with hands named in Hebrew Keber but the common place or state of death here called in Hebrew Sheol which hath the signification of craving or requiring because it is one of the foure things that are never satisfied Prov. 30. 15. 16. The Greeke and new Testament usually translate it Hades or Haides which word is by change of letters formed of the Hebrew Adam and Adamah the earth unto which for sinne God hath condemned Adam and all his race to returne Gen. 3. 19. For so in the first booke of the ancient Greeke oracles of Sibylla it is said they call it Haden for that Adam first went thither when he tasted death As Abram is in Greek Habram Gen. 12. 1. and Habraam Luk. 3. 34. and Mizraim in Greeke is Misrain Gen. 10. 6. Hemam is Haiman Gen. 36. 22. so of Adam they formed Haiden and after the Greeke termination Haides or Hades such changes of letters are usuall The Chaldee paraphrase when it keepeth not the Hebrew word most commonly translateth it the house of the grave or place of buriall Our English commeth from the old Saxon or German word Helle in which tongues originally Hel signifieth High and Deepe Leh is low and so it meaneth a low or deepe place and agreeth with the Hebrew Sheol which is said to be Low and Deepe Deut. 32. 22. Iob 11. 8. And as death is appointed for all men so is this Sheol Psal 89. 49. Eccles. 9. 10. as death is sometime desired of the godly so Iob desired to be hid in Sheol Iob 14. 13. By this Hell therefore in Scripture is not meant the place of the damned onely but of all that goe out of this world as Sibylla in the fore-named place saith all earthly men are said to goe into the houses of Haides And as for the wicked they have a prison 1 Pet. 3. 19. and place of torments in hell Luk. 16. 23. which the Scripture calleth everlasting fire Mat. 25. 41. and by another Hebrew name Gehenna whereof see Mat. 5. 22. the Greekes called that place Tartaros Homer Iliad 8. unto which word the Apostle hath reference in 2 Pet. 2. 4. Tartarosas He cast them downe to Hell or into Tartarus So on the contrary Heaven is not onely the place of the Angels and holy men but generally all above us as the aire sphears c. where the fowles flye and the sunne and stars runne their courses as is shewed on Gen 1. 7. And the place of joyes in heaven is called the garden of Eden or Paradise Luk. 23. 43. to which the heathens alluded by the garden of Alcinous Homer Odyss 7. Iakob therefore by going downe to hell meaneth a departing out of this life into the common place and state of death whither all must goe So after in
was he when hee interpreted Pharaohs dreame Gen. 41. 46. and nine yeeres after when there had been 7 yeers plenty and two yeeres famine did Iakob with his family goe downe into Egypt Gen. 41. 53. 54. and 45. 6. 11. and at their going-downe thither Pharez the sonne of Iudas whose birth is set downe in the end of this chapter had two sonnes Ezron and Hamul Gen. 46. 8. 12. Seeing then from the selling of Ioseph unto Israels going into Egypt there cannot bee above three and twenty yeeres how is it possible that Iudas should take a wife and have by her three sonnes one after another and Selah the yongest of the three bee mariageable when Iudas begat Pharez of Thamar Gen. 38. 14. 24. and Pharez bee growne up maried and have two sonnes all within so short a space The time therefore here spoken of seemeth to bee soone after Iakobs comming to Sechem Gen. 33. 18. before that historie of Dinah Gen. 34. though Moses for speciall cause relateth it in this place Iudah or Iudas as the Greeke alwaies nameth him Mat. 1. 2. a man an Adullamite that is an heathen man dwelling in Adullam or Odollam as the Greeke calleth it a citie in the land of Canaan which afterward was given for a possession to the Sonnes of this Iudas Ios. 15. 1. 35. The word man here as in the verse following may be omitted for the sense see Gen. 13. 8. or it may be read a man of Adullam as where one Evangelist writeth The men Ninivites Mat. 12. 41. another writeth The men of Niniveh Luk. 11. 32. Vers. 2. Canaanite the Chaldee translateth it a merchant and so the word is sometime used in Scripture Prov. 31. 24. Iob. 41. 6. but the Greeke here calleth him a Chananaean Shua in Greek Saba but in vers 12. Saua tooke her namely to wife as verse 12. Contrary to his dutie for he should not have maried with such Gen. 24. 3. and 27. 46. and 28. 1. Iudas was now in likelihood about 13. or 14. yeeres of age went in that is lay with her see Gen. 6. 4. Vers. 4. Onan in Greeke Aunan Vers. 5. Selah or Shelah in Greeke Selom so after verse 11. c. he was the Greeke saith she was Chezib a towne called also Achzib which likewise fell to the tribe of Iudah Ios. 15. 44. The Greeke calleth it Chazbi The name hath in Hebrew the signification of lying and to it the Prophet alludeth saying the houses of Achzib shall be Achzab a Lye to the Kings of Israel Micah 1. 14. Vers. 6. to Er or for Er when in likelihood he also was about 14. yeeres of age Thamar or Tamar that is by interpretation a palme tree Song 7. 7. Of what kindred she was the scripture speaketh not but shee became the mother to our Lord Christ according to the flesh Mat. 1. 3. Vers. 7. evill in the eyes that is displeasing The letters in Hebrew of this word * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 evill and of his name * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Er are the same the order onely changed the like whereof is before in Noes name and Grace Gen. 6. 8. slew him this was very soone after his mariage in his youth So evill doers shall bee cut off Psal. 37. 9. And this judgement on Iudahs first borne is mentioned sundry times Gen. 46. 12. Num. 26. 19. 1 Chron. 2. 3. And as our Lord Christ was to come of Iudas Hebr. 7. 14. so God would have no wicked man to be his progenitor Vers. 8. marie her the Hebrew word is not meant of usuall solemnization of mariage but peculiar for marying with his brothers widow and doing that dutie of a kinsman whereof there was a law after given of God according to this case Deut. 25. 5. which law as many other God had made knowne before unto the Patriarchs as this scripture manifesteth The Hebrew Doctors say It is commanded by the Law in Deut. 25. 5. 6. that a man shall marie the wife of his brother by the fathers side if they have beene maried or if they have beene betrothed together if he dye without seed Brethren by the mothers side onely are not counted brethren in this case of marying the brothers wife or for matter of inheritance c. Maimony in Misneh tom 2. in Iibbum and Chalitsah chap. 1. S. 1. 7. See the annotations on Deut. 25. seed a childe which may bee counted thy brothers who is deceased that his name be not wiped away out of Israel Deut. 25. 6. Otherwise excepting this case it was unlawfull for a man to have his brothers wife Levit. 18. 16. and 20. 21. Vers. 9. not be his but stand up with his brothers name as his brothers childe though this was onely for the first borne all the rest should have beene counted his owne Deut. 25. 6. So the Chaldee translateth that the seed should not bee called by his name when or if at any time Whensoever spilled or corrupted which the Greeke translateth shed or spilled An unkinde and most unnaturall fact to spill the seed which by Gods blessing should serve for the propagation of man-kinde and in this man for the propagation of the sonne of God according to the flesh in whom all nations of the earth should be blessed Gen. 22. 18. which made the sinne most impious and hastened Onans speedy death from the hand of God Vers. 11. Remaine or sit dwell a widow so sending her home to her fathers house but without permission to mary another man yet not purposing she should have his sonne for whom hee made her stay This was in him very injurious which God soone chastened him for by the death of his wife and giving him over to incest with his daughter in law By the law in Levit. 22. 13. a widow that had no childe might returne to her fathers house and her estate was as in her youth he sayd in his heart as the Greeke explaineth it lest hee dye meaning I will not give her unto Selah to wife lest he dye also vers 14. An unperfect speech wherof see Gen. 3. 22. and an evill surmise that he had of Thamar as if shee had caused his other sonnes death Vers. 12. the daughter of Shuah the Greek translateth and Saua the wife of Iudas dyed was comforted after mourning for his wives death as Gen. 23. 2. and 24. 57. sheepe shearers At such times they used to have feasts 1 Sam. 25. 8. 11. So hee went to make merry after his mourning his friend the Greeke translateth Eira his shepheard reading for Regneh a friend without vowels Rogneh a shepheard and so in verse 20. but the Chaldee translateth friend and it hath the name in Hebrew of feeding-together and so generally of society friendship neighbourhood Timnath or Thamna a citie in the Philistines country which also befell to Iudahs children for a possession Ios. 15. 57. There Sampson tooke a wife Iudg. 14. 1. c. Vers. 14. wrapped
Hebrew and behold but the word and sometime is redundant in that tongue as is observed on Gen. 36. 24. Vers. 10. as though or when it budded shot-up Hebrew ascended Vers. 12. they are that is they signifie three dayes So in Gen. 41. 26. Vers. 13. within three dayes which is explained vers 20. to be in the third day see a like phrase in Gen. 7. 4. and of the mysticall number three See Gen. 22. 4. lift up this phrase sometime signifieth to promote unto honour as Ier. 52. 31. sometime head is used for summe and it meaneth to take the summe or to reckon as Exod. 30. 12. which may also be intended here The Greeke translateth shal remember thy principality the Chaldee shal remember thee place or base seat meaning his office of butlership as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it and is confirmed by verse 21. Vers. 14. this house this prison so the Greeke saith this hold Ioseph though patient in adversitie yet useth all good means to procure his liberty Vers. 15. stollen by stealth or indeed stollen Hebrew stealing stollen The Hebrews the land of Canaan wherein the children of Abraham dwelt who was called an Hebrue Gen. 14. 13. Thus Ioseph calleth it by faith in Gods promises In Zach. 2. 12. it is called the holy land dungeon or pit in Chaldee the house of prisoners Thus Ioseph pleadeth his innocency as Daniel also did Dan. 6. 22. and Paul Act. 24. 12. 13. 20. and 25. 10. 11. Vers. 16. saw this word the Greeke addeth I saw a dreame white or with holes for the Hebrew word signifieth both and may meane baskets made of white rods with holes as net-worke But the Greeke and Thargum Ierusalemy doe understand it of white bread or meats in them Vers. 19. lift-up or as the Greeke translateth it take away thine head in a contrary meaning to the former vers 13. but it may be understood of reckoning as before and putting this man out of the number of his officers a tree the Chaldee translateth it a Gallow tree or gybbet crosse such as that whereon Christ was crucified called sometime onely a tree as Act. 5. 30. and 10. 39. 1 Pet. 2. 24. After by the law such as dyed on tree had the curse of God upon them Deut. 21. 23 Vers. 20. a banquet Hebrew a drinking This custome to keepe banquets on birth dayes appeareth to be most ancient and it continued till Christs time on earth Mat. 14. 6. and so till this day lifted up the Chaldee translateth he remembred the head c. Vers. 22. hanged As Ioseph was in prison with these two malefactors and according to his word the one was restored to his former honour the other put to death so Christ was in the middest of two malefactors who one of them was restored to eternall life the other left to dye in his sinnes Luk. 23. 33. 39. 43 Vers. 23. forgat him which was both great unthankfulnesse and unto Ioseph a further exercise of faith and patience from the hand of God two yeares longer untill the time his word came Ps. 105. 19. So the scripture elsewhere taxeth forgetfulnesse of benefits and of the affliction of Ioseph Eccles 9. 15. 16. Amos 6. 6. CHAP. XLI 1 Pharaohs two dreames of seven kine and seven eares of corne 8 The wise men of Egypt could not interpret them 9 The Butler remembreth Ioseph and mentioneth him to Pharaoh 14 Who sendeth for Ioseph out of prison and propoundeth to him his dreames 25 Ioseph interpreteth them 29 Seven yeares of plenty are fore told and seven yeares of famine 33 Pharaoh is counselled to provide against the dearth 39 Ioseph is advanced to bee over Pharaohs house and over al the land of Egypt 45 He marieth Asenath 49 gathereth up much corne 50 begetteth two sons Manasses and Ephraim 54 The famine beginneth in Egypt and all lands 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd it was at the end of two yeeres of dayes that Pharaoh dreamed and behold he was standing by the river And behold there came-up out of the river seven kine faire in sight and fat in flesh and they fed in a medow And behold seven other kine came-up after them out of the river ill in sight and leane in flesh and they stood by the other kine upon the brinke of the river And the kine that were ill in sight and leane in flesh did eat-up the seven kine that were faire in sight and fat and Pharaoh awoke And he slept and dreamed the second-time and behold seven eares of-corn came-up in one stalke fat and good And behold seven eares of corn thinn blasted with the east-wind sprang-up after them And the thinn eares swallowed-up the seven fat and full eares and Pharaoh awoke and behold it was a dreame And it was in the morning that his spirit was striken-amazed and he sent and called all the magicians of Egypt and all the wise men thereof and Pharaoh told them his dreame and there was no interpreter of them to Pharaoh And the chiefe of the butlers spake to Pharaoh saying I doe remember this day my sinnes Pharaoh was wroth with his servants and committed me into ward in the house of the Provost Marshall both mee the chiefe of the bakers And wee dreamed a dreame in one night I and he we dreamed each man according to the interpretatiō of his dreame And there was there with us a yong man an Hebrew servant to the Provost Marshall and we told him and hee interpreted to us our dreams to each man according to his dreame did he interpret And it was as he interpreted to us so it was me he restored unto my place and him he hanged And Pharaoh sent and called Ioseph and they brought him hastily out of the dungeon and he shaved himselfe changed his garments and came-in unto Pharaoh And Pharaoh said unto Ioseph I have dreamed a dreame and there is no interpreter of it and I doe heare say of thee thou wilt heare a dreame to interpret it And Ioseph answered Pharaoh saying It is not in mee God will answer the peace of Pharaoh And Pharaoh spake unto Ioseph In my dreame behold I was standing upon the brinke of the riuer And behold there came-up out of the river seven kine fat in flesh and faire in forme and they fed in a medow And behold seven other kine came-up after them poore and very ill in forme and lean in flesh I have not seene their like in all the land of Egypt for evilnesse And the leane and evill kine did eate up the first seven fat kine And they came into the inward-parts of them and it was not knowne that they were come into their inward-parts and their sight was evill as at the beginning and I awoke And I saw in my dreame and behold seven eares of-corne came-up in one stalke full good And behold seven eares of corne withered thinn blasted with an east-wind sprung up after them And the thinn ears
the former to shew Ioseph to be of the number he and his children as Gen. 46. 20. 27. Vers. 6. brethren who were caried out of Egypt and buryed in Sychem in the land of Canaan Act. 7. 16. generation that is the men of that generation or age both Israelites and Egyptians see Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 7. increased or bred-swiftly as the fishes or ceeping things of the earth which of this word have their name See Gen. 1. 20. And this was when the time of the promise drew nigh which God had sworne to Abraham Act. 7. 17. wherof see Gen. 12. 2. and 15. 5. c. most exceedingly Hebrew with vehemency vehemencie as Gen. 7. 19. and 30. 43. They became a nation great mighty and populous Deut. 26. 5. Vers. 8. new another King saith the Greek version which Stephen followeth Act. 7. 18. knew not this word is used both for knowledge and understanding with the mind for acknowledging regard with the affections both which might be in this King Eccles. 2. 19. Psa. 31. 8. Hos. 2. 8. T 〈…〉 Chaldee expoundeth it thus which confirmed not the decree of Ioseph Vers. 10. with them or against them as the Gr. word which also Stephen useth in Act. 7. 19. implieth that is wisely keepe them under At this time the sonnes of Israel began to corrupt their religion and to commit whordome with the idols of Egypt for which God was angry with them Ezek. 23. 8. and 20. 5. 7. 8. Ios. 24. 14. And he turned the heart of the Egyptians to hate his people to deale-craftily with his servants Psal. 105. 25. warre or understand occasions of warre the Greeke saith when warre befalleth us goe up to weet into Canaan Thus Satan sought to hinder the fulfilling of Gods promise Gen. 46. 3. 4. Vers. 11. task-masters Hebrew princes of taskes or of tributes that is commissaries to exact of Israel tasks and servile works as the Greeke translateth masters over works the Chaldee calleth them rulers evill doers So because Israel served not the Lord their God with gladnesse of heart hee made them serve their enemies with much affliction put a yoke of yron upon their necke as he threatned againe after this Deut. 28. 47. 48. And thus the oracle was fulfilled Gen. 15. 13. treasure cities or cities of store wherein to lay up both the fruits of the earth as 2 Chron. 32. 28. and other provision of armory and warlike furniture wherfore the Greeke translateth fortified cities Raamses this differeth in writing from Rameses spoken of in Gen. 47. 11. and Exod. 12. 37. the Ierusalemy Thargum calleth it Philusin otherwise named Pelusium and the former Pithom he calleth Tenis or Tanis Vers. 12. as they that is the more they afflicted them the more they multiplied There is no wisdome prudency or counsell against the Lord Prov. 21. 30. encreased or spred abroad Hebrew brake forth with sudden increase see Gen. 30. 30. 43. and 28. 14. The Greek and Chaldee translate it wexed strong This mercy of God David celebrateth saying And hee increased his people mightily and and made them stronger then their distressers Psal. 105. 24. Vers. 13. rigor or fiercenesse which English word commeth of the Hebrew Pherec the Greek translateth it force the Chaldee hardnesse The Israelites were forbidden to rule after this manner one over another Levit. 25. 43. 46. Hereupon Egypt is called the house of servants or bondmen Exod. 20. 2. and for the hardnesse of the servitude an yron fornace Deut. 4. 20. and because King Pharaoh caused this bondage it is called the house of Pharaoh 1 Sam. 2. 27. Vers. 14. bitter in Greeke sorrowfull Ver. 15. Shiphrah in Greeke Sepphora and the other Phoua These seeme to be the chiefe of the midwives The Thargum Ierusalemy maketh them to be Hebrew women of Levi Iochebed and Miriam Vers. 16. stooles a peculiar round seat for women in travel the Hebrew word is not used elsewhere but in Ier. 18. 3. for a wheele or frame which potters worke upon The Greeke translateth not the word but the sense saying and they bee about to bring forth kill him this hath alwayes beene Satans subtiltie to labour the death of the men children the strongest and valiantest of Gods people So the great red Dragon of the Romane Empire stood ready to devoure the manchild which the woman the Church of Church Christ was about to bring forth Rev. 12. 3. 4. 5. as here Pharaoh King of Egypt likened to a great Dragon lying in the midst of his rivers Ezek. 29. 3. would have devoured the males of Israel Vers. 19. Pharaoh this was a name of honour common to all the Kings of Egypt as is noted on Gen. 12. 15. unto them Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it thus ere the midwife comes at them they pray to their Father which is in heaven and he answereth them and they doe bring forth Vers. 21. that he Hebrew and he them the Hebrew lahem is properly them men and so may be understood of the Israelites who being spared by the midwives lived to have families Or it is put for lahen them women the couragious midwives to whom God made houses that is gave them children and families So the Prophets some time vary the gender as in 1 King 22. 17. lahem for which in 2 Chro. 18. 16. is written lahen Also in 1 Chron. 10. 7. bahem which in 1 Sam. 31. 7. is written bahen And so the Gr. here Thargum Ierusalemy referreth it to the women saying because the midwives feared before the Lord therefore they got them a good name in a strange nation and made them houses the house of the Levites and the house of the High priesthood See the like after in Exod. 2. 17. also in Iudg. 21. 22. and before noted on Gen. 4. 7. Vers. 22. all his people so from secret oppression proceeding to open tyranny evill intreating our fathers making their babes to bee cast out that they might not be saved-alive Act. 7. 19. which though Israels sinne did deserve Ezek. 20. 5. 7. 8. yet God after repayed to the Egyptians in turning the waters of their river into blood and slaying all their firstborne Exod. 7. 20. 21. and 12. 29. 30. that is borne namely to the Hebrewes or Iewes as the Greeke and Chaldee doe expresse CHAP. II. 1 Moses is borne and hidden three moneths 3 then in an Arke he is cast into the flags 5 He is found and brought up by Pharaohs daughter as her owne sonne 11 He looketh on his brethrens wrongs and slayeth an Egyptian 13. He reproveth an Hebrew that wronged his neighbour 15 Hee fleeth for feare of his life into Midian 17 rescueth the Priests daughters from the violence of the sheepherds 21 He dwelleth with the Priest and marieth Zipporah his daughter 22 of whom he begetteth Gershom 12 God respecteth Isreels crie AND there went a man of the house of Levi and hee tooke the daughter of Levi. And the woman conceived and bare a sonne
these two signifieth in Ezek. 3. 6. The Greek translateth of a smal voice of a slow tongue the Chaldee of a heavy speech and of a deep tongue This as other things in Moses may have reference to the effect of the Law which he administred as on the contrary the Psalmist prophesying of Christ had his tongue the penne of a speedy writer Psal. 45. 2. and the Spirit which is received not by the works of Moses law but by the hearing of faith in Christ Gal. 3. 2. causeth prophesie and other words of wisdome and knowledge Act. 2. 18. 1. Gor. 12. 8. 10. causeth the lips of those that are asleepe to speake Song 7. 9. By the Hebrew cannons no Priest that stammered lisped or was of an heavy mouth or tongue might lift up his hands to blesse the people Maimony in Misneh treat of Prayer chap. 15. S 〈…〉 Soe the notes on Num. 6. 23. Vers. 11 hath made or as the Greek translateth hath given Heb put the mouth to 〈◊〉 open eyed or open cared for the Hebrew word signifieth both these Esa. 42. 7. 20. and may have reference here to both The Greeke tranflateth the seeing Compare Psal. 146. 8 Esa. 61. 1. and 33. 5. 6. Vers. 12. I will be The Chaldee expounds it my word shall be the Greeke I will open thy mouth will tâ—aoh by my spirit as Christ in like manner promiseth his Apostles Matth. 10. 19. 20. Mark 13. 11. Luke 12. 11. 12. Vers. 13. by the hand thou shouldest that is by his hand or ministery whom thou shouldest send as being fitterthand or by the hand of any other whom thou wilt send The Chaldee and That gum Ierusalemy translate by the hand of him whom it is meet to send and the Greeke 〈◊〉 choose anâ— then able man whom thou wilt send Moses 〈◊〉 greatnesse of the worke would with draw his shoulder through infirmity God hereby 〈…〉 wing the imperfection of Moses administration and impossibility of the law to bring men to perfection when Moses could not bring Israel into the promised land 〈◊〉 3. 24. 25. 27. 28. Romans 8. 3. Hebrewes 7. 19. The hand of one is usually put for his ministerie as Moses now was sâ—m of God by the hand of the Angel which appeared to him in the bush 〈◊〉 7. 35. See Exodus 9. 35. Psal. 97 2â— Hag. 1. 1. Mal. 1. 1. Vers. 24. speaking speake that is speake well and eloquently Thus God distributeth his gifts by measure diversly to one is given by the spirit the word of wisedome to 〈…〉 ther the word of knowledge to another kindes of tongues to another the interpretation of tongues c. 1 Cor. 12. 8. 10. So among the Apostles 2 Cor. 11. 6. and 10. 10. Mar. 3. 17. Of this Aaron see after in Exod. 6. 20. 26. Vers. 15. the words which I have spoken to thee as the Greeke saith my words God signifying hereby that the Priests which came of Aaron should receive their doctrine from the Law which was given by Moses as Ezek. 44. 24. Mal. 4. 4 Levit. 6. 8. 9. I will be the Chaldee faith my word shall be the Greeke I will open thy mouth as vers 12. Verse 16. hee shall bee or it shall bee that hee shall be the word is doubled for more vehemency and assurance a mouth that is a spokes-man or as the Chaldee saith an interpreter In Exod 7. 1. he is callled his Prophet a God the Chaldee saith Rab that is a Master and the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth an inquirer of Doctrine from before the Lord. The Greeke translateth in things pertaining to God which very phrase Paul useth in Hebrewes 5. 1. The Hebrew Elohim God is after attributed to Iudges and Magistrates Exod. 22. 8. 9. Psal. 82. 6. and the reason is rendred by Christ because the word of God is given to them Ioh. 10. 34. 35. Here Moses though the yonger brother Exodus 7. 7. is preferred before Aaron his elder so God oftentimes disposed see Geneâ— 25. 23. and 48. 19. Vers. 17. this rod which was turned into a serpent as the Greeke addeth for explanation In verse 20. it is called the rod of God it was before Moses shepherds staffe Vers. 18. Iether called after Iethro in Greeke Iethor see Exod. 3. 1. in peace or with peace the Greeke translateth with health or welfare Vers. 19. thy saule that is thy life as Genesis 19. 17. So the Chaldee well explaineth it that sought to â—ill thee Though sometime to seeke the soule is taken in the good part as none seeketh for my soule Psal. 142. 5. that is careth for me or for my life yet usually it signifieth seeking to kill one and is sometime explained seeking the soule to take it away as 〈◊〉 Kings 19. 10. This phrase is often used So Matth. 2. 20. Vers. 20. sonnes two Gershom and Eliezer Exodus 18. 3 4. an asse the Greeke translateth 〈◊〉 as moe then one and often the Hebrew putteth the singular for many See Genesis 3. 2. This may argue Moses poore estate as Christs Zichar 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 â—od of God that is which God had appo 〈…〉 him to worke miracles with as verse 3. 17. So the Chaldee explaineth it the rod whereby miracles should be done from before the Lord. So in Exod. 17. 9. Vers. 21. have put or shall p 〈…〉 t in thy hand that is give thee power to doe What wonders signifie see on Exodus 7. 3 make strong or make 〈◊〉 fast 〈◊〉 and hard that hee shall not reâ—ut or yeeld therefore iâ— Exodus 7. 3. God useth another word I will den and so the Greeke translateth this here As before God 〈◊〉 Pharaohs heart to hate his people Psalme 105. 25. so now hee is said to make-strong and to harden his heart and of King Sichon the Lord hardened his spirit and made his heart strong or obstinate Deuteronomie 2. 30. and hardned the hearts of the other Canaanites Ioshua 11. 20. and made fatte and hardened the hearts of the Israelites Esay 6. 10. Iohn 12. 40. and gave them the spirit of slumber Romans 11. 8. As hardnesse is sinne so Pharaoh hardened his owne heart Exodus 9. 34. and so all wicked men Psalme 95. 8. but as it is a judgement and punishment for sinne GOD hardneth using hereunto sundry meanes sometime withdrawing his outward word and workes Psalme 147. 19. 20. Matthew 11. 21. 23. sometime the inward working of his spirit Genesis 6. 3. and sending outward meanes to deceive them 1 Kings 22. 20. 23. or strong delusions to blinde their mindes 2 Thes. 2. 10. 11. Romans 11. 8. 10. or making his word which they abuse to be the favour of death unto them 2 Corinthians 2. 15. 16. 1 Pet. 2. 8. or giving them over to a reprobate minde Romans 1. 28. or to Satan to be blinded and deluded unto destruction 2 Corinthians 4. 4. 1 Kings 22. 22 2 Thessal 2. 9. 12. So God is said to determine and to doe those things but justly
signe of their destruction if they obeyed not for the desolation of a Countrey is signified by the dwelling of dragons there Mal. 1. 3. Esay 13. â—0 22. Psal. 44. 20. See also the notes on Exodus 4. 3. Vers. 11. wise men Philosophers of these see Genesis 41. 8. sorcerers or witches such as do bewiteh the senses and minds of men by changing the formes of things to another hue And from the Hebrew Cashaph which hath the signification of changing or turning the Greekes have formed their word Bascaino and the Latines Fascino which is to bewitch it is used for unlawfull devillish Arts and Artizens such as Gods Law condemneth and punisheth with death Deut. 18. 10. Exod. 22. 18. and applyed to false teachers and their crafts Gal. 3. 1. Rev. 18. 23. these Egyptian sorcerers were types of seducers who resist the truth as Iannes and Iambres withstood Moses here 2 Tim. 3. 8. where Paul setteth downe the names of the chiefe of these sorcerers as they were kept in the Iewes private records For so to this day in their Babylonian Thalmud tract Menachoth chap. 9. they shew how Iohanne and Mamre chiefe of the sorcerers of Egypt withstood and mocked Moses saying thou bringest straw into Aphraim as water into the sea for they thought he did his miracles by sorcerie whereas the land of Egypt was full of sorcerers This Mamre was also an Amoritish name Gen. 13. 18. called in Greeke Mambree and by Paul Iambres in 2 Tim. 3. 8. where the Syriacke writeth Ianbres for letters are often changed euen in the same tongue as Merodach Esay 39. 1. or Barodach 2 King 20. 12. Nemuel 1 Chro. 4. 24. or Iemuel Exod. 6. 15. and many the like And that not Paul onely but the Iewes commonly so named them appeareth also by a Chaldee paraphrase of the law that goeth under the name of Ionathan there upon this place of Exodus their names are written Ianis and Iambres and in another Hebrew commentarie on the Law called Thanchuma in fol. 40. they are named Ionos and Iombros Among the heathens also their memorie continued though corrupted for Plinie in nat hist. lib. 30. cap. 1. speaketh of Moses and Iamnes and Cabala or as some read it Iotape whom he calleth Iewes by whom Magicke was used And Origen against Celsus lib. 4. sheweth how Numenius a Pythagorean Philosopher speaketh of Moses miracles in Egypt and his resistance by Iannes and Mambres magicians Apuleius also a Latine Philosopher in his second Apologie mentioneth one Ioannes among the chiefe Magicians that their names as it seemeth were renowmed over all magicians see the notes on Gen. 41. 8. inchantments or secret sleights jugglings A word not used in this sense save here and in verse 22. and it hath the signification of secret and close conveyance or of glistering like the flame of a fire or sword as Gen. 3. 24. where with mens eyes are dazled And by this word God putteth difference betweene Moses miracles which were done in truth and theirs done by flieght or sorcery which were also figures of the signes and lying wonders that Antichrist worketh 2 Thessal 2. 9. whose Church is called Egypt Revel 11. 8. their rods that is their dragons made of rods or if they were all turned to rods againe it was the greater miracle But by comparison with Exod. 4. 4. it is most likely it was a serpent till Aaron tooke it into his hand againe And here Moses and Aaron doe overcome Iannos and Iambres at the first in that wherin they most excelled so they that are of God overcome Antichrist for greater is he that is in them than he that is in the world 1 Ioh. 4 3. 4. Vers. 13. waxed strong or hard both by his own impenitency Rom. 2. 5. and Gods just worke in him Exod. 4. 21. Vers. 14. heavy by reason of the hardnesse of it and so unfit to bee lifted up unto the obedience of my word This heauinesse when it is spoken of eies eares hands heart or the like signifieth the dulnesse and unfitnesse to do that which men ought Gen 48. 10. Zach. 7. 11. Exod. 17. 12. Luk. 21. 34. And this in Pharaoh is after said both to bee done of himselfe Exod. 8. 32. and of God Exod. 10. 1. Vers. 17. I smite Aaron it was that smote vers 19. but God by Moses commanded it therefore he principally smote and the rod is said to bee in his hand The Scripture somtime explaineth this as he called Matt. 20. 32. that is he commanded to be called Mar. 10. 49. and he gave Mar. 15. 45. that is he commanded to be given Matt. 27. 58. See also the notes on Gen. 39. 22. and 48. 22. And God fore-telleth the plague before hee brings it to wame him in mercie but useth the time present I smite or am smiting to signifie judgement to bee at hand So Exod. 8. 2. Ver. 18. be wearied both by digging round about the river for waters as vers 24. and being grieved and loathing the waters turned to blood which they shall not be able to drinke as in vers 21. and so the Greek here translateth they shall not bee able to drinke And this plague being threatned to the Egyptians onely it is to be thought the Israelites in Gosen were free froÌ„ this as from other plagues following Exod. 8. 22. and 9. 26. and 10. 23. And so the Hebrew Doctors say the plague of blood was blood to the Egyptians and water to the Israelites R. Elias in Sepher reshith chocmah treat of Love ch 7. Here God proceedeth in his worke from signes and wonders to plagues and punishments tenne whereof he bringeth upon Egypt before the Israelites were let goe out of their bondage as there are seven plagues wherewith the spirituall Egypt of Antichrists church is smitten in Revelat. 16. These ten plagues the Hebrew Doctors summe up in tenne letters the first of all their names 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whereby they meane Blood Frogs and Lice a Mixed swarme Murraine that beasts annoyd Boyles Haile and Locusts Darknesse thicke and First-borne all destroy'd Vers. 19. gathering together that is place of gathering as the Chaldee expounds it the word which is used in Gen. 1. 10. and implieth lakes peoples pits ditches and vessels as after is explained in the end of this verse See also Levit. 11. 36. vessels this word is expressed in the Chaldee and is necessarily implyed in the Hebr. as a thousand 2 Sam. 8. 4. for a thousand charrets 1 Chron. 18. 4. the first Mat. 26. 17. for the first day Mar. 14. 12. and many the like Vers. 20. he lift up the Greeke explaineth it Aaron lift up his rod. to blood as the Egyptians had shed the blood of the children of Israel drowning them in the river Exod. 1. 22. so in this first plague God rewardeth that by turning their waters into blood which R. Menachem on this place saith signified mercy turned unto them to judgement So upon
33. Ios. 23. 13. 1 Sam. 18. 21. which here the Egyptians impute unto Moses whereas a snare is in the transgression of an evill man Prov. 29. 6. knowest thou the Greek interpreteth it or wouldest thou know Vers. 9. we have Hebr. to us is whereby is meant we have as is noted on Genes 12. 16. The word is is supplied here in the Greeke version feast of Iehovah so called because it was commanded by him Exod. 5. 1. and was to bee kept unto him as the Chaldee expounds it a feast before the Lord and as elsewhere it is said a feast unto Iehovah Exod. 32. 5. Vers. 10. so with you c. It is an imprecation or curse because he purposed not to let them goe but as God forced him to send them away so turned he his curse into a blessing to them Exod. 12. 30. 31. and 13. 21. 22. The Chaldee paraphraseth the Word of the Lord so be your help Here Satan who had before sought the death of Israels Infants Exod 1. seeketh to retaine them at lest in bondage and when he cannot hinder the redemption of the whole Church yet to hinder it in part So in Revel 12. 13. 17. when the Dragon could not hurt the woman he maketh warre with the remnant of her seede evill this word is used both for sinne and for the punishment of the same as Ierem. 18. 8. if they turne from their evill I will repent of the evill that I thought to doe unto them Both may be here implied by Pharaoh but the latter chiefly threatning more affliction if they left not off their intended course The Chaldee expoundeth it thus see how the evill which you thinke to doe sitteth before your faces he drove that is Pharaoh drove or caused them to be driven out of his presence Or he drove is put for they were driven see the notes on Gen. 16. 14. Vers. 13. over the land of Egypt the Greeke expoundeth it towards heaven the east winde which is a strong and violent winde with it God drove hacke the sea Exodus 13. 21. and by it his judgements are often signified Gen. 41. 7. Psalme 48. 8. Esay 27. 8. Ezek. 19. 12. Ier. 18. 17. Lâ—â—ustâ— or Grashoppers and with them caterpillers also as David sheweth in Psal. 105. 34. 35. and 78. 46. They are of Gods heavy judgements upon sinners Deut. 28. 38. 1 King 8. 37. and unto this eight plague of Egypt the army of Antichrist is resembled that tormented men Rev. 9. 3. 5. 7. c. Vers. 14. heavy both grievous for the hurt they did and for the multitude of them as the Greeke explaineth it many such Yet great judgements upon Israel are mentioned by Locusts Iocl 1. 2. 3. 4. and by humane writers it is said that in India there are some of three foot long Plinie booke 11. chapter 29. Vers. 15. the eye the face as verse 5. darkned that is hid and defaced and as the Greeke translâ—teth corrupted Vers. 17. death that is deadly plague so 2 King 4 40. death is in the pot Vers. 19. sea winde that is west winde as the Chaldee explaines it the Greeke saith from the sea For the maine sea lay westward see Genes 12. 8. fastened or pitched them in the Greeke and Chaldee translate cast them but the word meaneth that they were so throwne in as there to remaine and rise no more as when a Tent or other thing is pitched and fast nailed After this manner God often destroyeth Locusts in other places being taken up by heapes with the winde they fall into seas or lakes saith Plinie b 11. c. 29. red sea or weedy sea called in Hebrew the sea Suph which word signifieth sedge or sea-weedes that grew therein and whereof it seemeth it had the name see Exod. 2. 3. Ion. 2. 5. The Holy Ghost in Greeke calleth it Eruthran the Red sea Act. 7. 36. Heb. 11. 29. either of the red sand of that sea or red mountaines by it or of one Erythras a king as Strabo writeth in his 16. booke But the Latines called it Rubrum mâ—râ— that is the Redsea Plinie Hist b. 13. c. 25. Pomp. Mela. b. 3. chap. 7. and by that name it is usually knowne in these parts of the world In this sea Pharaoh himselfe with his armie were afterward drowned Exod. 14. Vers. 20. made strong that is hardned as the Greeke translateth see Exod. 4. 21. V. 21. there shal be or as the Gr. translateth let there be darknesse Of this plague also God warneth not Pharaoh before hand see Ex. 8. 16. that one may feele or â—nd â—e that is Pharaoh or every one shall feele meaning as the Gr. translateth it palpable darkenessâ— such as may hee felt with the hand for the thicknesse of the â—yre The Hebrew word signifieth soâ—etime to fâ—ele Iudg. 16. 26. sometime on the contrary to take away or remove Exod. 13. 22. in which latter sense the Chaldee paraphrase here expoundeth it after the darkenesse of the night is re 〈…〉 d meaning that the day should be turned to 〈…〉 Vers. 22. obscure darkenesse Hebr. darkenesse of 〈◊〉 that is most obscure blacke and thicke The Gr 〈…〉 sseth it by three words darkenesse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 darkenesse This ninth plague David celebrateth in Psal. 105. 28. and unto it the fift plague of the spirituall Egypt is compared Rev. 16. 10. where the kingdome of the Beast is full of darkenesse and men gnaw their tongues for paine A righteous judgement of God upon those that oppressed his people the light of the world Matth. 5. 14. and rebelled against the light as Iob 24. 13. Vers. 23. saw not neither by sunne or stars from above neither by fire beneath had they any light So the light of the wicked shall be put out and the sparke of his fire shall not shine the light shall bee darke in his tabernacle Iob 18. 5. 6. from his place or from under him the Greek translateth from his bed Thus in them the saying was fulfilled the wicked shall bee silent in darkenesse 1 Sam. 2. 9. was light so they had beene freed from former plagues see Exodus 9. 26. and God promiseth like mercie to his Church by the Gospell saying Arise thou bee inlightned for thy light is come c. darkenesse shall cover the earth and grosse darkenesse the peoples but Iehovah shall arise upon thee c. Esay 60. 1. 2. Vers. 25. doe sacrifice or offer The word sacrifice here understood is elsewhere expressed as in 1 King 12. 27. and when the word doe or make is joyned with sacrifices as in this place it signifieth to offer as Levit. 9. 7. 22. and 16. 9. Exodus 29. 36. 39. 41. 42. Vers. 26. not an hoofe not any thing saith the Chaldee Thus Iakob went before out of Mesopotamia into Canaan with all his cattell and substance Gen. 31. 18. And Moses constancie to keep the commandement of God unto the smallest things in every particular is an example of the
if she be sicke to redeeme her if she be taken captive to bury her if she dye and to let her be nourished of his goods and to dwell in his house after he dye all the time of her widowhood that her children which shee hath by him be nourished of his goods after his death untill they be espoused that her male children which she hath by him be heires of her dowrie above their portion of inheritance which they have with their brethren And the foure things which she oweth are that the workes of her hands be his that her presence or attendance be upon him that he eat of all the fruits of her goods during her life and if she die while he live that he be her heire hee is before any man in inheriting that she hath Maimony treat of Wives chap. 12. Sect. 1. 2. 3. withdraw or keepe backe as the word signifieth in Numbers 9. 7. the Greeke translateth it defraâ—â— which word Paul useth in speech of the like thing Defraud not one the other 1 Cor. 7. 5. Vers. 11. these three mentioned last in verse 10. or one of those three fore-mentioned touching her bethrothing to himselfe or to his sonne or her redeeming In this latter sense Maimony expoundeth it in his treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 9. freely or for nothing as verse 2. Vers. 12. that smiteth to wit wilfully as the next verse manifesteth See the notes on Gen. 9. 6. put to die or made to die that is killed by the Magistrate and the doubling of the word maketh the charge more strait for no ransome might be taken for the life of a wilfull murderer Numbers 35. 31. The Hebrew Doctors say Foure deaths were in Israel by the Iudges Stoning and Burning and Slaying with the sword and Strangling or Hanging Stoning was heavier than burning and burning heavier then killing with the sword and the sword heavier then strangling All that were to be stoned to death by the law were eighteene namely these 1 Hee that lieth with his owne mother 2 or with his fathers wife 3 or with his daughter in law 4 or with a betrothed maid 5 or with the male 6 or with any beast 7 The woman that lieth downe to a beast 8. The blasphemer 9 He that worshippeth on Idoll 10 or that giveth of his seed to Molech 11 He that hath a familiar spirit 12 and the Wizard Leviticus 20. 27. 13 The inticer to idolatrie Deuter. 13. 6. 14 and the withdrawer or thruster away to idolatrie Deuteronomie 13. 13. 15 The witch 16 The prophaner of the Sabbath 17 He that curseth his father or his mother 18 and there bellious some Deuter. 21. All that were to be burned were ten 1 The priests daughter that playeth the whore under her husband 2 and he that lieth with his daughter 3 or with his daughters daughter 4 or with his sons daughter 5 or with his wives daughter 6 or with her daughters daughter 7 or with her sonnes daughter 8 or with his mother in law 9 or with the mother of his mother in law 10 or with the mother of his father in law Who so lay with any of these whiles his wife lived was to be burned The killed with the sword were two 1 The murderer 2 and the drawne away to idols Deuteâ—onomie 13 15. The strangled were sixe 1 He that lieth with another mans wife 2 Hee that smiteth his father or his mother 3 Hee that steales a soule of Israel 4 The Elder that rebelleth against the decree of the Senate Deuteronomie 17. 12. 5 The false Prophet 6 and he that prophesieth in the name of another god So there are â—ound in all which were to be slaine by the Magistrate thirty and sixe Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 14. Sect. 1. 4. and chap. 15. Sect. 10. 13. Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin chap. 7. and 9. Likewise the Chaldee paraphrase on Ruth 1. 17. in the Masorites Bible saith Naomi said wee have foure judgements of death for malefactors Stoning with stones Burning with fire Killing with the sword and Hanging on tree Vers. 13. not lâ—en in wait not hunted as 1 Samuel 24. 12. The Greeke translateth not willing See this more explained in Num. 35. 22. 23. occasionally delivered or offered by chance an example whereof is set downe in Deut. 19. 5. The Greeke and Chaldee translate delivered a place in the land of Canaan the cities of refuge whereof see Num. 35. 6. c. before that there were not any vnlesse Gods Sanctuary and Altar in the wildernesse as may be conjectured by the verse here following and the practice of Ioab 1 Kin. 2. 28. Vers. 14. shall come presumptuously or shall deale proudly the Chaldee saith doe wickedly It meaneth wittingly wilfully and presumptuously from my in Chaldee from before my altar The Greeke addeth and flee unto the altar from my altar shalt thou take him c. But Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it thus though hee be the high priest who standeth and ministreth before me from thhnce shall yee take him and kill him Ioab fearing his life fled unto and caught hold on the hornes of the altar 1 King 28. and among the Heathens altars were places of refuge The wilde beast hath the Rocke for a refuge and seruants the altars of God saith Euripides in Supplic to die or unto death that is to put him to death as the Greeke and Chaldee translate Vers. 15. his father c. though he kill him not yet hee is to die for it as by comparison with the 12. verse appeareth So the Hebrew Doctors also expound it but with limitation for they teach if a childe smite father or mother and leave no print of the stripe on the flesh he is to be punished but not with death if hee leave an impression or skarre or that which is equivalent as when hee smiteth his father on the eare and maketh him deafe such a one is to be put to death as Maimony sheweth it treat of Rebels chap. 5. Sect. 5. 6. Vers. 16. a man any of the sonnes of Israel saith the Greeke translation and also the Chaldee paraphrase And so doth Moses explaine this Law in Deut. 24. 7. a soule that is man woman or child of his brethren of the sonnes of Israel Vers. 17. curseth or speaketh evill to revileth useth light vile and reproachfull speech see Genesis 12. 3. put to die the holy Ghost in Matth. 15. 4. following the Greeke version translateth let him be ended with death that is killed This law is repeated in Levit. 20. 9. The Hebrew Doctors say that if he curse them either alive or dead hee is to be stoned to death for it But they restraine this to his next parents onely if he curse his grand-father they teach hee is not to be stoned but punished as for cursing anotherman Maimony treat of Rebels chap. 5. Sect. 1. 2. Vers. 18. fist so the Greeke translateth but the Chaldee is a clod of earth falleth that is lieth on
in the Law another inward in the heart 2 Cor. 3. 13. 14. c. And as without a veil the people could not heare Moses so except the Law be veiled and hath as it were a new face upon it the naturall man cannot endure the glory of it so terrible it is to the conscience of sinners R. Menachem here observeth how the former Ancients of Israel at the reading of the Booke of the Law covered their faces and said hee that heareth from the mouth of the reader is as hee that heareth from the mouth of Moses Vers. 34. tooke off the veil whereof there was no use in the sight of God who doth not onely know himselfe the use and end of his Law but sheweth the same also to others which was likewise here figured for when men shall be turned to the Lord the veile shall be taken away 2 Cor. 3. 16. Vers. 35. put the veil againe on hereby signifying the continuall glory of his ministery and infirmity of the people till both of them be done a way Which is accomplished by the Gospell the ministration of the Spirit and of righteousnesse which exceeds in glory so that Moses ministery hath no glory in this respect for Christ taketh away the veil so that we may both stedfastly looke to the end of the Law which is abolished and all of us with unveiled face beholding as in a glasse the glory of the Lord are changed into the same image from glory to glory even as by the Spirit of the Lord 1 Cor. 5. 8. 18. CHAP. XXXV 1 Moses commandeth the people from the Lord to keepe the Sabbath 4 to bring willing offrings of gold silver brasse and other stuffe for the Tabernacle and furniture thereof 20 The people goe and bring voluntary gifts 22 Men and women bring their Iewels and ornaments and other stuffe such as they had 25. The wise women spin the stuffe 27 The Rulers bring precious stones and spices 30 Bezaleel and Aholiab are shewed to be the men whom God had filled with his Spirit and Wisedome to doe the worke of the Sanctuary 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Moses gathered together all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel and said unto them These are the words which Iehovah hath commanded to doe them Sixe dayes shall worke be done but on the seventh day there shall be to you holinesse a Sabbath of sabbatisme to Iehovah whosoever doth any worke therein shall be put-to-put-to-death Ye shall kindle no fire in any of your habitations upon the Sabbath day And Moses said unto all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel saying this is the thing which Iehovah hath commanded saying Take yee from amongst you an offring unto Iehovah whosoever is willing in his heart let him bring it the offring of Iehovah Gold and silver brasse And blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen and Goats hayre And Rams skins dyed-red and Tachash skins and Shittim wood And oile for the Light and spices for the anointing oile and for the incense of sweet-spices And Beryll stones filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest plate And every wise harted among you shall come and make all that Iehovah hath commanded The Tabernacle the tent thereof and the covering thereof the taches thereof and the boards thereof the bars thereof the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof The arke and the bars there of the Covering-mercy-seat and the veile of the covering The Table and the barres thereof and all the vessels thereof and the shew-bread And the Candlesticke for the Light and the vessels thereof and the lamps thereof and the oile for the Light And the Altar of incense and the bars thereof and the anointing oyle and the incense of sweet spices and the hanging veile of the doore for the doore of the Tabernacle The Altar of Burnt offring and the grate of brasse which is for it the bars thereof and all the vessels thereof the Laver and the foot thereof The tapestry-hangings of the Court the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof and the hanging-veile of the gate of the Court The pinnes of the Tabernacle and the pins of the Court and their coards The garments of ministery to minister in the holy-place the garments of holinesse for Aaron the Priest and the garments of his sonnes to minister-in-the-priests-office And all the congregation of the Sonnes of Israel departed from the presence of Moses And they came every man whose heart stirred him up and every one whose spirit made him willing they brought the offring of Iehovah for the worke of the Tent of the Congregation and for all the service thereof and for the garments of holinesse And they came the men with the women every-one that was willing hearted they brought bracelets and eare-rings and rings and tablets all jewels of gold and every man that offered offred an offring of gold unto Iehovah And every man with whom was found blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen and Goats hayre and Rammes skinnes dyed red and Tachash skinnes brought them Every one that offred an offring of silver and of brasse they brought the offring of Iehovah and every one with whom was found Shittim wood for any work of the service brought it And every woman that was wise hearted did spinne with her hands and they brought the spun-worke the blew and the purple and the scarlet and the fine-linnen And all the women whose heart stirred them up in wisedome spunne Goats hayre And the Rulers brought Beryll stones and filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest-plate And spice and oyle for the Light and for the anointing oyle and for the incense of sweet-spices Every man and woman whose heart made them willing to bring for all the work which Iehovah had commanded to make by the hand of Moses the sonnes of Israel ◠brought a willing offring unto Iehovah And Moses said unto the sonnes of Israel See Iehovah hath called by name Bezaleel the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur of the tribe of Iudah And he hath filled him with the Spirit of God in wisedome in understanding and in knowledge and in all workmanship And to devise cunning-worke to worke in gold and in silver and in brasse And in ingraving of stone to fill and in carving of wood to work in all cunning works And hee hath given into his heart for to teach he and Aholiab the sonne of Ahisamach of the Tribe of Dan. He hath filled them with wisedome of heart to make all worke of the ingraver and of the cunning-workman and of the embroiderer in blew and in purple in scarlet and in fine-linnen and of the weaver even of them that doe any worke and that devise cunning workes Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 HEre beginneth the 22 Section of the Law See Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10. Vers. 2. holinesse that is a day of holinesse or an holy day and signe of holinesse from the Lord See Exod. 31. 13.
wash all the haire of his head for by sentence of the law it is as his body and any uncleane that are baptised in their clothes it will serve the turne because the water passeth through them and they part it not from the body and so the menstruous woman that is baptised in her clothes it is lawfull for her to company with her husbaÌ„d If there be any thing that part betweene the body or vessell and the water as if clay or any like thing cleave to the flesh of man or to a vessell it is uncleane still as it was and the baptising profiteth them nothing Maimony in Mikvaoth ch 1. s. 2. 7. 12. This rinsing and washing of the hands in water figured the cleansing of the body and spirit from all filthinesse 2 Cor. 7. 1. Heb. 10. 22. So the Apostle saith Clense your hands ye sinners and purifie your hearts yee double minded Iam. 4. 8. Vers. 12. of earth or of potters earth such as potbakers burne in the kill see the notes on Lev. 11. 33. All vessells that are uncleane are made cleane by water save vessels of potters-earth and vessells of glasse such have no cleannesse but breaking Maim in Mikvaoth ch 1. s. 3. Earthen vessells somtime signify reprobate persons Psal. 2. 9. Ier. 19. 11. so the breaking of these might figure the destruction of ungodly men the rinsing and scouring of other vessels signifying the purging of repentant beleeving sinners by the blood of Christ and waters of his word and spirit Or if it be applied generally as all men are earthen vessells it figured the utter abolishing of sin uncleannes by death as is shewed on Lev. 11. 33. of wood or of other strong matter as of silver braâ—â—e copper and the like About tho washing of vessells the Iewes have these rules that nothing must part the vessell or any part of it and the water as pitch clay or the like that cleaveth to the vessell that if a vessell bee turned the mouth downward and baptised it is as if it were not baptised because the water so comes not to all parts of it Likewise a vessell full of any liquor except water and baptised it is as if it were not baptised Maimony in Mikvaoth c. 3. s. 1. 12. 18. Vnto the ordinances of the Lord for washing men and vessels that were uncleane the Pharisees after added traditions of their owne washing when they were not uncleane for except they washed their hands oft they did not cate and when they came from the market except they were baptised they did not eate and many other things they had received to hold the baptising of cups and of pots and of brazen vessells and of beds For these Christ blamed them that they layd aside the commandement of God and held the tradition of men Mark 7. 4. 8. yea so farre proceeded they in their superstition that they said whosoever eateth without washing of his hands he is as one that lyeth with a harlot abusing for this that scripture in Prov. 6. 28. as R. Menachem on Deut. 8. alledged from the Talmud in Sotah Vers. 13. shall be cleansed that is healed but the meanes of healing are not declared save that by the rites and sacrifices following God would teach theÌ„ that his grace in Christ maketh them whol by the Prophet he saith I will save you from all your uncleannesses Ezek. 36. 29. and from all your filthines and from all your idols will I clense you Ezek. 36. 25. which cleansing is shewed to be by pardoning iniquities Ier. 33. 8. and by creating a cleane heart in sinners Psal. 51. 12. so that they come unto Christ in faith as the woman that had an issue of blood and had spent all her living on Physicians but could not be healed of any when she touched the border of Christs garment her issue stanched and Christ said unto her Thy faith hath made thee whole Luke 8. 43. 44. 48. seven daies for his cleansing to try whether he be perfectly cured and cleane and to lead him in mystery unto the day of Christ and Sabbath or rest from sin under him for so the number seven signified as is noted on Exodus 12. 15. Levit. 4. 7. And from hence the Hebrewes gather he must count seven cleane daies and be baptised in the seventh and bring his offring in the eight If he see any appearance of his issue though it be at the end of the seventh day after he is baptised all that he hath done is nothing but he must begin againe to reckon seven cleane dayes after the day of the last appearance of his issue Maimony in Mechosrei capporah ch 3. sect 1. bathe or wash his flesh which the Greek translateth wash his bodie See vers 5. living water that is as the Chaldee expoundeth it spring or fountaine water whereof see the notes on Levit. 14. 5. The Hebrewes explaine this law thus The man that hath an issue is not elensed but in a fountaine for loe it is said of him In living water but the woman that hath an issue and other uncleane either men or vessells are baptised though in a gathering of waters Maimony in Mikvaoth c. 1. s. 5. The Pond or gathering of water called in Hebrew Mikveh whereof see Levit. 11. 36. was requisite for the cleansing of other uncleane persons that needed baptising All uncleane either men or vessells c. were not cleansed but by baptising in waters gathered-together upon the ground By the law they might baptise in all waters gathered together into one place so many as would suffice to baptise the whole body of a man The quantitie their wise men determined to bee fortie Seahs of water the Seah was more then our English pecke as is noted on Gen. 18. 6. Such a pond or bath they say became unlawfull to wash in by change of the colour of the water onely not by change of tast or change of smell Running waters that flow from a spring are as the spring it selfe for any matter Standing water is not allowable for men that have the issue nor for the Lepers nor for the water of purification Numb â—9 17. These things and sundry the like Maimony hath recorded in Mikvaoth ch 1. s. 1. and c. 4. s. 1. and c. 7. s. 1. and ch 19. s. 13. Among the Latines spring and running waters were called also living as Attrectare nefas donec me flumine vivo Abluero Virgil Aeneid 2. This living water figured the blood spirit of Christ for he hath washed us froÌ„ our sins in his owne blood Rev. 1. 5. from his throne proceedeth a pure river of water of life into his Church Rev. 22. 1. his mouth and Law is a will of water of life Prov. 10. 11. and 13. 14. Iohn 4. 10. and the Spirit which they that beleeve in him doe receive is as rivers of living water Iohn 7. 38. 39. These cleane waters when God sprinkleth upon sinners they shall be cleane
there come witnesses that she is defiled or if he die or if 〈◊〉 die then the Meat-offering is all burnt And if any of these things 〈…〉 pen after the handfull is offered the 〈…〉 not eaten If her husband be a priest the 〈◊〉 of the Meat-offering is not eaten because her husband hath a part therein c. but the handfull is â—ffered by it selfe and the remainder is scattered upon the place of the ashes Ibid. c. 4. sect 14 15. That which is spoken of burning it when it is polluted is not meant of burning it upon the altar but in another place where uncleane things were burnt which might neither be offered to God not eaten by men Vers. 26. the memoriall so the handfull is called see the notes on Lev. 2. 2. Vers. 27. to bitternesses with most bitter effect in Chaldee to cursing as vers 24. The Hebrewes say that if she be defiled immediately her face 〈◊〉 turne yellowish her eyes will stiâ—kâ— out c. and 〈◊〉 carry her out of the womens court wherein shee 〈…〉 deth and first her belly will swell and 〈…〉 thigh will fall and shee shall die And in the 〈◊〉 houre that she dieth the adulterer 〈…〉 whose meanes she was made to drinke 〈…〉 be Maim in Sotah chap. 3. sect 16 17. 〈…〉 fall or rot see vers 21. This iudgemâ—nt 〈…〉 ding to the transgression that as with that part 〈◊〉 sinned so therein she should bee punished Anâ— thus the curse entred into her bowels like water as in Psal. 109. 18. not by any naturall effect 〈◊〉 this drinke but by the power of God who often bringeth great things to passe by unlikely meanes as with clay made of spittle Christ opened the eyes of the blinde Ioh. 9. 6 7. Vers. 28. shall be free not haâ—e any 〈◊〉 by the drinke as in vers 19. 〈…〉 〈◊〉 shal be sowen with sced which the Chaldâ—◠〈…〉 deth shall proue with child This setteth forth Gods power goodnesse in effecting such things for clearing the innocent and working by one drinke such contrary effects according to the uncleannesse or cleannesse of the party that receiu 〈…〉 it Even as his word is to one the savour of death â—â—to death and to another the savour of life 〈◊〉 2 Cor. 2. 16. The Hebrewes write of this woman When she hath drunke the bitter water if she die 〈◊〉 out of hand she is lawfull for her husband t◠〈◊〉 pany with though he be a priest And although 〈…〉 nesse beginne to come upon her and she haue paiâ—e in other parts of her body yet for asmuch as her 〈◊〉 swelleth not nor her thigh begins to fall she is 〈◊〉 but if her belly begin to swell and her thigh to 〈◊〉 she is certainly unlawfull And if shee be 〈◊〉 when she hath drunke she will wax strong and her face waxeth cleare and if she have any â—icknesse 〈◊〉 will leave her and she shall concâ—iue and beare a man childe And if she were wâ—nt to haue hard travel 〈◊〉 shall haue speedy travell and of she were wont to bring forth females she shall bring forth males Maim 〈◊〉 Sotah chap. 3. sect 21. 22. Vers. 29. under her husband that is being 〈◊〉 â—â—ed in Greeke being under an husband sâ—◠〈◊〉 19 Vers. 20. shall make the woman to stand or 〈◊〉 present her The Hebrewes hold that some women might not drinke and that none was euer for ced to drinke except she would her selfe They say A woman of whom her husband is jealous and she hath beene in secret with another man they compell her not to drinke but if shee agree and say I am defiled she is put away without dowry and is unlawfull for her husband ever after and drinketh not Likewise if shee say I am not defiled neither will I drinke they compell her not to drinke but she is put away without dowry Also if her husband say I will not cause her to drinke or if he hath lyen with her after that shee was in secret with another shee drinketh not but takes her dowry and goes her way and is unlawfull for him ever after Some women they say are not meet to drinke though they be willing and their husbands also would have them drinke but are put away without dowries as she that is wife to a man blind or lame or dumbe or deafe or that wants a hand likewise if the woman herselfe be lame or dumbe or blind or wanteth an hand or is deafe or she that is but betrothed and not maried But if a man be jealous of his betrothed wife and she be in secret with another man after she is maried then she drinketh as all other women A woman that standeth to drinke if her husband die before shee doe drinke then she drinketh not neither receiueth she any dowry Maimony in Sotah chap. 2. sect 1 2. c. These and the like exceptions they make some of which seeme to be devised for to favour divorcement whereunto the Iewes have beene overmuch addicted as appeareth by Mal. 2. 16. Matth. 19. 3 8 9. Moreover they say If a woman have drunke of the bitter water and have bin cleared thereby and her husband be jealous againe of her coÌ„cerning the man for whose sake shee was made to drinke and shee hath beene in secret with him he cannot make her drinke for his sake the second time but she is unlawfull for her husband ever after and is put away without dowry But if he be jealous over her for another man and it bee proved by witnesses that shee hath beene in secret with that other shee is made to drinke the second time yea though it be many times if he cause her to drinke for severall men Maim in Sotah chap. 1. sect 12. Vers. 30. free from iniquitie or guiltlesse innocent from iniquitie by doing what in him lieth for to finde out and purge this sin in his wife and not nourishing jealousie in his minde still Whereas by not doing this he partaked after a sort with his wives sin So Chazkuni on this place saith The man shall be free for that he letteth not his wife alone playing the where under him The Targum called Ionathans translateth it thus And if the man be free from sins that woman shall beare her sin And the same exposition others give of these words saying Any man that hath used unlawfull copâ—lation in his daies after that he is waxen great the curse-bringing water doth not try his wife Num. 5. 30. When the man is free from iniquitie the woman beareth her iniquitie Maim in Sotah ch 2. sect 8. and ch 3. sect 17. 23. Therefore among the Israelites it is said that no man which had him-selfe beene guilty that way could bring his wife to this triall And of their care about this case of jealousie it is thus recorded On the fifteenth day of Adar which was the Hebrews twelfth moneth Esth. 9. 1. called now February the Magistrates looked unto the necessities of the
parents So unto him that would have had leave to bury his father Christ said Follow mee and let the dead bury their dead Mat. 8. 21. 22. And here we may compare the Nazirites with the high Priests for sanctimonie The Priests might drinke no wine or strong drinke when they went to minister before the Lord Levit. 10. 9. so the Nazirite might drinke no wine or strong drinke whiles he was separated to be holy to the Lord. The high Priest might not goe in to any dead body nor defile himselfe for his father or for his mother Lev. 21. 10 11. so neither might the Nazirite The high Priest had on his head the Nezer or crowne of the anointing oyle of his God Levit. 21. 12. the Nazirite here hath the Nezer or crowne of his God upon his head These both of them in their office and sanctimonie were types of Christ on whose head his Nezer or crowne was to flourish as is promised in Psalm 132. 18. And Christians made Kings and Priests unto God Rev. 1. 6. have on their heads crownes of gold Rev. 4. 4. Vers. 8. holy â—hus God besides the former outward observations requireth inward and spirituall holinesse without which all the other were but vanitie Vers 9 unawares or on a sodaine which is by another word after repeated to shew that whatsoever sudden unexpected death it were he was thereby defiled And here is the second part of the Nazirites Law when his sanctimonie begun should be by uncleannesse nullified and fall till by sacrifice he was reconciled unto God and began a new through his grace in Christ. and he hath defiled or then he hath defiled c. and shall shave his head so the Greeke explaineth it defiled shall be the head of his vow and hee shall shave c. Because all the dayes of his Naziriteship he should bee pure from pollution by the dead shave his head this shâ—ving was to cleanse him from pollution and differeth from the shaving when he had fulfilled his vow verse 18. which was to be at the doore of the Sanctuarie the haire burned there When the Nazirite shaveth himselfe for his uncleannes â—e need not shave him at the doore of the Sanctuary nor cast his haire into the fire But whether hee be shaved without or within the Sanctuary his haire is unlawfull to be put to any use but must be buried saith Maimony in Nezir chap. 6. sect 14. This had like mystery as the shaving of the Leper when he was cleansed in Levit. 14. and signified the renouncing of his owne righteousnesse by the works of the Law as being defiled by sinne compare Phil. 3. 8. 9. the seventh day which was the day when all defiled by the dead were cleane being sprinkled with the holy water Numb 19. 11. 12. Verse 10. two turtles This accordeth with the Law for making atonement for such as had uncleane issues when they were cleansed Levit. 15. 14. c. see the annotations there The Hebrewes say When a Nazirite is defiled with any uncleannesse for which he is to shave himself one is to sprinkle upon him on the third day on the seventh day NuÌ„ 19. 12. and he is to shave off the haire of his head in the seventh day and to wash in the seventh day after he is sprinkled as do all that are defiled by the dead Num. 19. 19. and when his sun is set he shall bring his offerings on the eight day and they are two turtles or two yong daves c. Maâ—m in Nezir ch 6. sect 11. Verse 11. shall doe or make ready that is 〈◊〉 unto God as that which is said in 1 Chron. 21. 〈◊〉 let my lord the King doe is by an other Prophet explained let my lord the King take 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 Sam. 24. 22. If a Nazirite be uncleane 〈◊〉 uncleannesses he bringeth for them but one 〈◊〉 to wit if he be uncleane the seconâ— time before 〈◊〉 bring his oblations for the first uncleannes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he delay many dayes after his cleansing before he bring his sin-offring is defiled in these dayes he br 〈…〉 but one oblation But if he be uncleane and then 〈◊〉 sed and have brought his sin-offering and is 〈◊〉 the second time after that he hath brought his sin-offering although he hath not as yet brought his 〈◊〉 passe-offering and his burnt-offering hee is 〈◊〉 to bring other oblations Maimony in Nezirath chap. 6. sect 15. he sinned by a soule in Châ—ldet by the dead that is for that he missed of his sanctification or Naziriteship having beene polluted by the dead So sinning is used for missing of the thing aimed at or intended Iudg. 20. 16. This caught 〈◊〉 contagion of sinne which a man unawares and inevitably often falleth into for in many things we offend all Iam. 3. 2. for which when we know that we have sinned we are to make confession unto God and by faith to apprehend the sacrifice oâ— Christ whereby atonement is made for us 1 Ioh. 2. 1 2. sanctifie his head that is the head of his Naziriteship as vers 9. by beginning anew the dayes of his vow of Naziriteship during w ch the hairâ— oâ— his head must grow and he keep himselfe from uncleannesse So Sol. Iarchi here explaineth it sanctifie his head to beginne againe the count of his Naziriteship And the verse following confirmeth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Verse 12. shall separate to wit as a Nazirite â—or so the Hebrew word meaneth which the Greeke translateth sanctific Hereby God taught that as he hath given Christ to be an atonement for our sinnes so when we are cleansed by faith in him wee must not continue in sinne that 〈◊〉 may abound but endevour anew to fulfill 〈◊〉 vow and walke in newnesse of life and yeeld our-selves unto God as those that are alive from 〈◊〉 dead Rom. 6. 1. 4 13. And as by sacrifices 〈◊〉 ring Christ the Nazirite was cleansed from his former uncleannesse so by a trespasse-offering which also figured Christ hee was prepared 〈◊〉 the observation of his vow renewed because all grace and abilitie to doe good is of God obtained by Christ Iesus our Lord Iames 1. 17. Iohn 15. 5. the dayes of his Naz 〈…〉 〈◊〉 in Greeke all the dayes of his vow that is so many dayes as he had vowed at the first And whâ—â— beginneth hee to reckon From the time that hee bringeth his sin-offering but his burnt-offering and his trespasse-offering binder him not from 〈◊〉 ning if they be not brought Maâ—m in 〈◊〉 chap. 6. sect 12. of his first yeare Hebr 〈…〉 〈◊〉 of his yeare so in verse 14. of which phrase see the notes on Gen. 5. 32. Exod. 12. 5. and of the 〈◊〉 passe-offering see Levit. 5. shall 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 shall bee lost and counted as none as the Greeke translateth shall bee uncounted or not 〈◊〉 in Chaldee frustrate Thus one little pollution unawares nullifieth many dayes puritie for the Law requireth perfect observation and curseth
Levites in the middest of them as appeareth by verse 14. 21. but the eyes of all the people were vnto the cloud conducting them and to the Arke amongst them the journeying and resting whereof was sanctified by Moses prayer before that the people might either set forward or pitch their tents and therefore it is said to journey before them to search out or to espie which the Chaldee expoundeth to prepare the Greeke to consider it meaneth a diligent search and looking about for to know and finde out the estate of a place as Num. 13. 2. 17 18 19 20. So God is said to have searched out or espied the land of Canaan which he gave unto Israel Ezek. 20. 6. And that which is here spoken of the Arke Moses speaketh of God himselfe in Deut. 1. 33. that he went before them to search out a place for them to pitch their Tents in So Gods love and providence towards his Church in Christ is hereby signified Wherefore that which Moses said to Hobab Thou mayest be for eyes unto us verse 31. was not meant that hee should appoint them a place to pitch and rest in but that he being acquainted with the places in that Wildernesse might signifie the conditions commodities or discommodities of the places w ch God should designe them for to pitch their camps in a rest that is as in Esai 66. 1. a place of rest so the Chaldee expoundeth it a place of encamping or resting Thus rest is often used for a resting place Psal. 132. 8. Gen. 8. 9. 1 Chr. 28. 2. Mic. 2. 10. Zac. 9. 1. This outward rest which God prepared for his people figured the spirituall rest which we find for our soules by following Christ in faith Matth. 11. 29. Hebr. 4. 3. 10 11. Verse 34. the cloud of Iehovah which had conducted them from Egypt to mount Sinai Exod. 13. 21. 22. the same guided them still The Chaldee calleth it the cloud of the glory of the Lord. was over them or upon them the Chaldee understandeth went or journeyed over them the Greeke saith did over-shadow them and David teacheth that it was spred for a covering Psal. 105. 39. namely to shadow them from the heat of the Sunne and in Num. 14. 14. Moses saith it stood over them It signified unto them the glorious grace guidance and protection of God and figured the like unto the Church after in Christ who by his Word and Spirit guideth and protecteth all his people Esai 4. 5 6. For as God now led his people like a flocke in the Wildernesse Psal. 78. 52. So Christ the good Shepheard calleth his owne sheepe by name and leadeth them out goeth before them and the sheepe follow him for they know his voyce and goe in and out and finde pasture Ioh. 10. 3 4. 9. 11. See also the notes in Ex. 13. 21. by day that is in the day time and daily continually for by day it was a cloud and by night a fire and this continued till they came to the promised land Exod. 14. 20. 24. and 13. 22. Nehem. 9. 12. 19. Psal. 78. 14. Num. 14. 14. Verse 35. Rise up or Stand up it is opposed to sitting still and is meant here for the helpe and comfort of his people whom he conducted and for the destruction of his enemies as the words following manifest and thus David often useth it as in Psal. 3. 8. and 7. 7. and 10. 12. and 17. 13. and 4â— 27. But specially in the 68 Psalme which is a prophesie of Christ his resurrection and ascension into heaven and which he beginneth with these words of Moses Let God rise up let his enemies be scattered c. which sheweth that the fulfilling of all these mysteries is by Christ and his rising from the dead for the justification and salvation of his Church Onkelos translateth it in Chaldee Bee thou reveiled O Lord and Ionathan paraphraseth Be thou reveiled now O Word of the Lord in the strength of thine anger thine enemies Ionathan in Chaldee saith the enemies of thy people and after those that hate them for the enemies and persecutors of the Church are the enemies of God himselfe Act. 9. 4. Matth. 25. 45. Zach. 2. 8. This David sheweth when saying vnto God thine enemies and thine haters he annexeth Against thy people they have craftily taken secret counsell c. Psal. 83. 3 4. scattered as broken asunder so the word signifieth Psal. 2. 9. The effect of Christs death and resurrection is the breaking and scattering of the conjoyned forces of his enemies Psal. 68. 2 3. 13. 15. and the contrary gathering together in one of the children of God that were scattered abroad Ioh. 11. 51 52 Esai 11. 10 12. Returne Iehovah unto the ten thousands that is as the Chaldee paraphraseth Returne LORD dwell with thy glory among the ten thousands thousands of Israel Or without supplying the word unto as the Greeke translateth it Returne Lord thâ— thousands the ten thousands in Israel that is cause them to returne unto their rest from their travels For the word Returne may meane either Gods action in himselfe returning to his people or his action in them returning reducing bringing them againe as in Deut. 30. 3. Psal. 14. 7. and 126. 1. In both senses rest and quietnesse is implied which Moses intreateth God to give unto his people and himselfe to remaine with them So R. Menachem here expoundeth it to meane quietneesse according to Esai 30. 15. In returning and rest shall ye be saved But the first interpretation seemeth most fitting that as when the cloud Arke and hoast remoued he prayed God to Rise up and goe with them against their enemies so when the Arke and people rested he prayeth God to returne and remaine among them for in his presence their chiefe joy and safety consisted as hee elsewhere sheweth Ex. 33. 14 15 16. And that there is often a want of such words necessary to be supplied the Scripture elsewhere sheweth as in 2 Sam. 4. 1. 〈◊〉 men were Sauls sonne that is were unto Sauls s 〈…〉 or hee had two men and such wants are many times supplied by other prophets as the pillars that were the house 2 King 25. 13. that is which werâ— in the house Ierem. 52. 17. The Arke continuâ— the house 2 Sam. 6. 11. that is continued in the house 1 Chron. 13. 14. and sundry the like See Deut. 32. 43. CHAP. XI 1 The people complaining God punisheth them with fire which at Moses prayer is quenched 4 They lust for flesh and loath Manna 10 Moses grieved at their murmuring complaineth to God of his charge 16 God divideth his burden unto seventie Elders which should beare it with him 18 and promiseth to give the people flesh 24 The seventie Elders have the spirit of prophesie 31 God by a winde bringeth Quailes into the Campe which the people gathering and eating doe die of a plague at Kibrâ—th-hattaavah 35 The Campe removeth to Hazeroth ANd the people
〈◊〉 Sol. Iarchi here saith The strength of Moses became feeble as a woman when the holy blessed God shewed him the punishments that he would bring upon them the people for this he said before him If thus kill mee first kill me or killing me that is kill me quite and out of hand the word is doubled for more vehemency and speed see mine evill that is my misery and affliction By seeing evill is meant the feeling or suffering of miserie as to see death is to dye Luke 2. 26. Psal. 89. 49. and as on the contrary to see the salvation of God meaneth the fruition or enjoying thereof Psal. 50. 23. and 91. 16. Compare with this Elijahs speech 1 Kings 19. 4. Verse 16. Gather unto me in Chaldee Gather before me and Thargum Ionathan explaineth it Gather in my name seventy worthy men This is answerable to the number of the seventy soules of the house of Israel which went downe into Egypt Gen. 46. 27. Exod. 1. 5. Deut. 10. 22. and to the 70 Elders which went up unto the Lord at mount Sinai Exod. 24. 1 9. From hence the Hebrewes in their commonwealth continued their chiefes Senate in Ierusalem of 71 Elders as here there were 70 and Moses the Prince So they record in Talmud Bab. in Sanhedrin ch 1. and Maimony in Sanhedrin c. 1. s. 3 4 5 explaineth it thus there was in Israel first a great court or judgement hall in thâ— Sanctuary and that was called the great Synedrion and their number was 71 as it is written Gather to me 70 men c. and Moses was chiefe over them as it is said And let them stand there with thee Numb 11. 16. loe here are 71. The greatest in wisedome among them all they set him for head over them and he was called Nasi the Prince in every place and hee stood in stead of Moses cur Master And they placed the greatest among the 70 next 〈◊〉 the head and he sate on his right hand and was call 〈…〉 Ab beth din the father of the judgement hall A 〈…〉 the residue of the 70 sate before him according 〈◊〉 their eares and according to their dignitie whâ—seever was in wisedome greater than his 〈◊〉 nearer unto the Prince on his left hand And they sate as in the forme of an halfe circle round so that the Prince with the Father of the Court might see them all Moreover they set two Iudgement halls each of 23. Iudges the one at the doore of the Court of the Sanctuary the other at the doore of the mountaine of the Temple And in every citie of Israel wherein were 120. fathers of families or moe they set a lesser Synedrion which sate in the gate of the citie as it is written And establish judgement in the gate Amos 5. 15. And their number was 23 Iudges and the wisest among them was head of them and the residue sate in a round like halfe a circle that hee which was head might see them all If it were a citie which had not 120 men in it they set therein three Iudges for there is no judgement hall of lesse than three that there might be moe or fewer if there hapned to be among them dissention in judgement But every citie which had not in it two wise men the one fit to teach the whole Law and the other skilfull to heare and skilfull to demand and make answer they set no Synedrion therein although it had in it two thousand Israelites c. the officers in Greeke the Scribes and Targum Ionathan addeth in Egypt as if these were such as are mentioned in Exod. 5. 14. and of them Sol. Iarchi also understandeth it What these Officers were after in the common-wealth of Israel is noted on Deut. 16 18. Here it seemeth to be meant of such Elders and Officers as were well knowne and had approved themselves for wisedome and good carriage for which they might with comfort be preferred to this high Senate for they that have ministred well as the Apostle saith purchase to themselves a good degree 1 Tim. 3. 13. Afterwards in Israel about the choise of these chiefe Magistrates it is thus recorded Our wise men have said that from the great Synedrion they sent into all the land of Israel and made diligent inquirie whomsoever they found to be wise and afraid to sinne and meeke c. they made him a judge in his citie And from thence they preferred him to the gate of the mountaine of the house of the Lord and from thence they promoted him to the gate of the Court of the Sanctuary and from thence they advanced him to the great judgement hall Maim in Sanhedrin chap. 2. sect 8. stand there or present themselves there with thee They were to stand before the Tabernacle to present themselves unto God and to receive authoritie from him and with Moses who was to be chiefe over them The Hebrewes from this word with gather a likenesse unto Moses saying They constitute none in the Synedrion but Priests Levites and Israelites whose genealogie is knowne c. as it is said in Num. 11. 16. WITH THEE which are like thee in wisedome religion and genealogie Maim in Sanhedrin ch 2 sect 1. Vers. 17. I will come downe to wit in signe or apparition as the Chaldee translateth I will reveale my selfe and Targum Ionathan addeth I will reveale my selfe in the glory of my Majestie this was in the cloud vers 25. I will take or will separate in Chaldee will increase of the spirit that is on thee meaning the gifts of the Spirit as prophesie vers 25. and other meet for their charge for there are diversities of gifts but the same Spirit 1 Cor. 12. 4. So spirits are named for spirituall gifts 1 Cor. 14. 12. 32. and the Holy Ghost for the gifts of the Holy Ghost Ioh. 7. 39. Act. 19. 2. 6. Thus the spirit of Elijah rested on Elishâ— 2 King 2. 15. when he had the same gifts and power of prophesie miracles c. Neither was Moses spirit hereby diminished for as Sol. Iarchi saith Moses in that houre was like unto the Lamp that was left burning on the Candlesticks in the Sanctuary from which all the other lamps were lighted yet the light thereof was not lessened any whit God shewed hereby that none without gifts of his Spirit are fit for office and government Exo. 18. 21. Deut. 1. 13. Act. 6. 3. The Hebrewes have this rule Any Synedrion King or Governour that shall set up a Iudge for Israel that is not fit and is not wise in the wisdome of the Law and meet to be a Iudge although he be wholly amiable and have in him other good things yet he that setteth him up transgresseth c. Maim in Sanhedrin chap. 3. sect 8. V. 18. Sanctifie in Chaldee prepare your selves so to sanctifie warre is to prepare therefore Ier. 64. 51. 28. It meaneth an holy prepara 〈…〉 o receive the gifts that they desired
thus seeing the Law had twise said that the breaker of the Sabbath should die Exod. 31. 4. and 35. 2. Sol. Iarchi saith it was not declared what manner of death he should die but they knew that hee that prophaned the Sabbath was to die And the Chaldee called Ionathans paraphraseth thus This judgement was one of the foure judgements that came before Moses the Prophet which he judged according to the word of the holy God Some of them were judgements of lesser moment and some of them judgements of life and death In the judgements of lesser moment of pecuniarie matters Moses was readie but in judgements of life and death be made delayes And both in the one and in the other Moses said I have not heard viz. what God would have done For to teach the heads or chiefe of the Synedrions or Assises that should rise up after him that they should be ready to dispatch inferiour causes or money matters but not hastie in matters of life and death And that they should not be ashamed to enquire in causes that are too hard for them seing Moses who was the masteâ— of Israel had need to say I have not heard Therefore he imprisoned him because as yet it was not declared what sentence should passe upon him The foure judgements which hee speaketh of were about the uncleane that would keepe the Passeover Num. 9. 7 8. and the daughters of Zelophead that claimed possession in the land Num. 27. 4 5. these were the cases of lesse imporâ—ance about the blasphemer Lev. 24. and the Sabbath breaker here both which hee kept in 〈…〉 ard till he had answer from the Lord. Verse 35. stone him This was esteemed the heaviest of all the foure kinds of death that malesa 〈…〉 s suffered in Israel see the notes on Exod. 21. 12. without the campe Hereupon they used to carrie such out of the cities and execute them farre off from the judgement hall as Sâ—l Iarchi noteth So they dealt with Stephen casting him out of the citie and stoning him Act. 7. 58. likewise with Naboth 1 Kings 21. 13. also with the blasphemer Levit. 24. 14. which was a circumstance that aggravated the punishment being a kind of reproach as the Apostle noteth Heb. 13. 11 12 13. And this severitie sheweth of what weight the commandement touching the Sabbath is the prophanation whereof God would have thus to be avenged And it further signified the eternall death of such as doe not keepe the Sabbath of Christ entring into the rest of God by faith and ceasing from their own works as God did from his Heb. 4. 1 2 3 4 10. 11. Verse 37. And Iehovah said After the violating of the Sabbath and punishment for it God giveth a Law and ordaineth a signe of remembrance to further the sanctification of his people that they might thinke upon his commandements and doe them Vers. 38. sonnes of Israel This Law for Fringes concerned Israel onely not other nations and as the Hebrewes say men onely were bound to weare them not women Women and servants and little children are not bound by the Law to weare the Fringe But by the words of the Scribes every childe that knoweth to clothe himselfe is bound to weare the fringe to the end he may be trayned up in the commandements And women and servants that will weare them may so doe but they blesse not God as men doe when they put them on and so all other commandements which women are not bound unto if they will doe them they doe them without blessing first Maimony tom 1. in Zizith or treat of Fringes ch 3. sect 9. that they make they themselves and not heathens for them a Fringe which is made by an heathen is unlawfull as it is written Speake to the sonnes of Israel that they make unto them Maim in Zizith ch 1. sect 12. a Fringe that is Fringes as in Deut. 22. 12. Moses speaketh of many and so the Greeke and Chaldee translate it here A Fringe is in Hebrew called Tsitsith or Zizith which in Ezek. 8. 3. is used for a locke of haire of the head and is here applied to a Fringe the threds whereof hang downe as locks of haire And the Hebrew Doctors call it also Gnanaph that is a Branch because it hangeth as branches or twigs of a tree The Branch which they make upon the skirt of a garment is called Tsitsith because it is like to Tsitsith a locke of the head Ezek. 8. 3. And this Branch is called White because we are not commanded to die or colour it And for the threds of this Branch there is no set number by the Law And they take a thred of wooll which is died like the color of the Firmament and tye it upon the Branch or Fringe and this thred is called Blew Maim in Zizith ch 1. sect 1. 2. The Fringe is called in Greeke Craspoda and this word is used by the holy Ghost in Matt. 23. 5. and of it the Chaldee also calleth it Cruspedin The word Gedilim used for Pringes in Deut. 22. 12. were the thrums of the cloth which was woven and Tsitsith the Fringe here spoken of were threeds tied unto those thrums with knots on the skirts Hebr. on the wings This is expounded in Deut. 22. 12. on the foure skirts or wings The skirt end or border of a garment is usually called a wing as in Ruth 3. 9. 1 Sam. 15. 27. and 24. 5 11. Deut. 22. 30. Zach. 8. 23. Ezek. 5. 3. Hag. 2. 12. so the foure ends or corners of the earth are called the foure wings thereof Esai 11. 12. Eze. 7. 2. Iob 37. 3. and 38. 13. The garment which a man is bound to make the Fringe on by the Law is a garment which hath foure skirts or more than foure and it is a garment of woollen or of linnen onely But a garment of other stuffe as of silke or cotton or camels haire or the like are not bound to have the Fringe save by the words of our wise men that men may bee admonished to keepe the precept of the Fringe For all clothes spoken of in the Law absolutely are not save of woollen and linnen onely When hee maketh a fringe on a garment that hath five or six skirts he maketh it but on foure of the skirts as it is said UPON THE FOVRE SKIRTS Deu. 22. 12. A garment that is borrowed is not bound to have the Fringe for 30 dayes after and thence forward it is bound A garment of wooll they make the white thereof of threeds of wooll and a garment of flax or linnen they make the white thereof of threeds of flax and so of every garment after the kinde thereof c. Every man that is bound to doe this commandement if hee put upon him a garment which is meet to have the Fringe must put on the Fringe and then put the garment on and if he put it on without the Fringe he breaketh the commandement But
a garment it was to be washed Levit. 6. 27. so here he that gathered up ashes was to wash his cloathes for it could not be but some of the ashes would light upon them See the notes on vers 7. the stranger that sojourneth in Greeke the proselytes that are adioyned Vers. 11. of any soule of man that is of any dead man or any corpse of man the soule is here used for the dead bodie as is noted on Levit. 19. 26. and Numb 6. 6. and this is an explanation of the former dead that it is meant of man onely for hee that touched a dead beast was not uncleane seven daies but one day only Lev. 11. 24 27 39. neither was he to be sprinkled with these ashes Sol. Iarchi here saith it is spoken to except the soule of a beast for the uncleannesse thereby needeth no sprinkling uncleane seven dayes during which time of his uncleannesse he might not come into the Sanctuary nor touch any holy thing Levit. 7. 19 21. nor be in the Lords Campe Numb 6. 2. unto which the citie Ierusalem was answerable in the ages following called therefore the Holy Citie Nehem. 11. 1 18. Matth. 4. 5. And hereby was figured such as were dead in trespasses and sinnes Ephes. 2. 1. and such as have their consciences defiled by dead workes Heb. 9. 13 14. which may not enter during their uncleannesse into the city of God Râ—vel 2â— 27. Of this legall pollution the Hebrewes have these sayings A dead person defileth by touching by bearing and by the Tent with seven daies uncleannesse The uncleannesse by touching and by the Tent are expressed in the Law Num. 19. 11 14. Vncleannesse by bearing is by tradition gathered by consequence For if a dead beast which maketh one uncleane but till evening and defileth not by the Teâ—t doth defile by bearing as is written in Levit. 11. 25. how much more doth a dead man And as a dead beast which by touching defileth till evening defileth 〈…〉 evening by bearing so a dead man which by touching deâ—ileth seven daies defileth also seveÌ„ daies by bearing Vncleannesse by touching spoken of in every place whether of a dead man or other uncleane things is when a man with his flesh toucheth the uncleane thing it 〈◊〉 whether it be with his hand or with his foot or with any other part of his flesh c. Vncleannesse by bearing spoken of in any place either of a dead man or of other uncleane things is when a man beareth the uncleane thing although hee touch it not although a store be betwixt him and it Forasmuch as he beareth it he is uncleane whether he beare it on his head â—r 〈◊〉 his hand or with any other part of his body 〈◊〉 though the uncleane thing hang by a threed or by 〈◊〉 haire if he hand the threed on his hand and lâ—â—t up 〈◊〉 uncleane thing by it loe he beareth it and is uncleaâ—â— Nothing is defiled by bearing save man onely 〈◊〉 vessels As if a man hold in his hand ten vessels one above another a dead carkasse or any the like thing be in the uppermost vessell the man is unclean by bearing the carkasse and the vessels upon his hand are all cleane save the uppermost vessell which the uncleane thing toucheth and so in all like cases c. There is no kind of living thing which is defiled whiles it is alive or that doth defile whiles it is alive save man only and he that is of Israel c. A dead man defileth not till his soule be departed from him as it is written The soule of a man that is dead Num. 19. 13. A dead untimely birth c. defileth by touching by bearing and by tent as a great man which is dead as it is written He that toucheth the dead of any soule of maÌ„ NuÌ„ 19. 11. Likewise so much as an olive of a dead mans flesh either moist or dry as a potsherd defileth as doth a whole dead man A lim cut off from a living man is as an whole dead man defileth by touching by bearing and by tent though it be but a little lim of a child of a day old c. A lim separated from a dead man defileth also by touching by bearing by tent as doth the dead man c. Maim tom 3. in Tumath meth ch 1. 2. These other the like legall pollutions teach Gods people how carefull they should be that they defile not themselves with sin or communion with dead and sinfull works as the Apostle saith Touch not the uncleane thing 2 Cor. 6. 17. Be not partaker of other mens sins keepe thy selfe pure 1 Tim. 5. 22. Vers. 12. He shall purifie himselfe by sprinkling the foresaid water as the Chaldee expoundeth it He shall sprinkle the Greek He shall be purified The originall word signifieth to purifie from sin which sheweth that this outward uncleannes figured the pollution of the soule by sin and the purification here commanded signified repentance from dead works and faith towards God w ch purifieth the heart Heb. 6. 1. Act. 15. 9. with it with the water fore-spoken of v. 9. and the ashes as Targum lonathan here expresseth the manner whereof followeth he shall be cleane that is as the Greeke translateth and he shall be cleane and in the seventh Chazkuni here observeth Lest any should thinke if he forget and be not sprinkled in the third day he may be sprinkled twise on the seventh day and it will serve the turne as if he were sprinkled on the third day and on the seventh therefore the Scripture saith If hee purifie not himselfe in the third day and in the seventh c. for it is necessary that there be three dayes betweene sprinkling and sprinkling Vers. 13. the soule that is the corps as before is shewed that is dead in Greeke if he be dead From these words the Hebrewes gather that the diad defileth not till his soule be departed Maim in Tumath meth c. 1. s. 15. For death is the departing of the soule from the body Gen. 35. 18. Psa. 146. 4. he defileth the Tabernacle if hee come in that estate into the court of the Tabernacle yea though he have washed himselfe yet if he have not bin sprinkled the third day and the seventh day he defileth it as Iâ—â—chi here noteth and Moses after sheweth that soule shall be cut off in Chaldee that man shall be destroyed This is meanâ— if he come in presumptuously but if he doe it ignorantly he is to bring a sacrifice Lev. 5. 3. 6. So the Hebrewes explaine this Law Maim in Biath hamikdash ch 3. sect 12. See the notes on Num. 6. the water of separation in Greek and Chaldee the water of sprinkling This signified that when any have sinned he cannot be cleansed from it before God by any of his owne workes nor satisfie by his owne sufferings but only by having his conscience sprinkled with the bloud of Christ
Rekam was either another wildernesse or another place in the wildernesse than that from which the spies were sent Num. 13. 26. called Kadesh barnea Deu. 1. 19. Chazkuni here saith This is not the Kadesh whereof it is said and ye abode in Kadesh many dayes Deut. 1. 46. for that Kadesh is El-Pharan Gen. 14. 6. and is called Kadesh-barnea and from thence the spies were sent but this Kadesh in Num. 20. is in the wildernesse of Zin in the border of the land of Edom. After the rebellion of the Spies God sent the people backe againe thorow the wildernesse towards the red Sea Num. 14. 25. where they might renew the memoriall of their baptisme 1 Cor. 10. 2. and from Ezion gaber w ch is a port on the shore of theÌ„ red sea 1 Kin. 9. 26. they removed next to this Kadesh Num. 33. 36. So Iephthah saith Israel walked thorow the wildernes unto the red sea came to Kadesh Iudg. 11. 16 Marie Hebr. Mirjam in Greeke Mariam she was sister to Moses and Aaron and a Prophetesse by whom God guided the Israelites in their travels as it is written I sent before thee Moses Aaron and Marie Mic. 6. 4. Of her see Exod. 15. 20. Num. 1. 2. In this fortieth yeare of Israels travell God tooke from them by death Marie their Prophetesse in the first moneth Aaron their Priest in the fift moneth Num. 33. 38. and Moses their King in the end of the yeare Deut. 1. 3. and 34. 5. When these three ministers of the Law were deceased Iesus the sonne of Nun a figure of Iesus the Ionne of God bringeth them into the promised land Ios. 1. 1. 2. c. so after the abrogating of the Law our Lord Iesus Christ bringeth us into the kingdome of God Mar. 1. 15. Rom. 7. 4 5. 6. Dan. 9. 24. Vers. 2. there was no water In the first yeare when they were come out of Egypt to Rephidim in the wildernesse they wanted water Exod. 17. 1. and in this last the fortieth yeare they wanted water againe here God tried the children as he had done the Fathers and they also rebelled against him And many things were alike in both places That Rephidim was the tenth encamping place or station from Egypt this in Kades was the tenth encamping place before they entred Canaan as by their rehearsall of their journeyes in Num. 33. is to be seene There the people in their thirst in stead of praying unto God contended with Moses and murmured for that hee had brought them out of Egypt Exod. 17. 2 3. here they doe the same vers 3 4. There Moses cried unto the Lord for the outrage of the people Exod. 17. 4. here Moses and Aaron fall downe before the Lord v. 6. There God promised and gave them water out of the Rocke Exod. 17. 6. here he doth likewise v. 8. There God willed Moses to take his rod here also he commandeth him Take the rod. There the Lord promised to stand before Moses Exod. 17. 6. here his glory appeareth unto him and Aaron v. 6. There Moses by commandement smiting the Rocke with his rod waters came out of it here hee smiting the Rocke without commandement waters came out There the place was named Meribah or Contention Exod. 17. 7. here the place is named Meribah v. 13. That was the peoples sixt rebellion after they were come out of Egypt as is noted on Num. 14. 22. this was their sixt rebellion after they were come from mount Sinai if wee except the private murmuring of Mary and Aaron against Moses Num. 12. For the first was at Taberab Num. 11. 1 3. the next at Kibroth haitaavah Num. 11. 24. then in the wildernesse of Pharan Num. 14. 1 2. after that followed the rebellion of Korah and his company Num. 16. and after it of all the congregation for the death of those rebels Num. 16. 41. now the sixt is in Kadesh Vers. 3. contended chode with bitter and reproachfull words which the Greeke translateth reviled see Exod. 17. 2. And oh or And would God The word And sheweth the passion of minde out of which they spake abruptly see the notes on Gen. 27. 28. and Num. 11. 29. wee had given up the ghost in Chaldee wee had and in Greeke we had perished in the perdition of our brethren before the Lord whereby they seeme specially to meane the pestilence the last plague wherewith their brethren died Num. 16. 49. which pest above other judgements commeth most immediatly from the hand of God as David acknowledgeth 2 Sam. 24. 14 15. And this evill they wished as being easier than to perish with hunger or thirst as the Prophet also complaineth They that be slain with the sword are better than they that be slaine with hunger for these pine away stricken thorow for the fruits of the field Lam. 4. 9. Wherefore they here use the word giving up or breathing out the ghost which seemeth to meane a more easie kinde of death than that which is by force of sword or by hunger or thirst or other like violent meanes So the Hebrewes explaine giving up the ghost to be a death without paine or long sicknesse Vers. 4. to die there understand that we should die there with thirst the Greeke translateth to bill us and our children which words they spake in Exod. 17. 3. Vers. 5. of seed to sow seed in or to plant fig-trees vines c. for the wildernesse was a land of desarts of pits a land of drought and of the shadow of death a land that no man passed thorow and where no man dwelt Ier. 2. 6. Otherwise had there beene commodiousnesse of place the Israelites might have sowen and reaped planted and gathered fruits in those 38 yeares which they abode therein Deu. 2. 14. Vers. 6. from the presence or from the face for feare of them and because of their outrage so in Rev. 12. 14. Psal. 3. 1. fell on their faces in prayer unto God whose glory dwelled in that Sanctuarie so in Exod. 17. 4. Moses crâ—ed unto the LORD See Num. 16. 4. 45. appeared in the cloud as Num. 12. 5. a signe that he heard their prayer and would save them see Num. 14. 10. and 16. 19. 42. Vers. 8. Take the rod in Greeke Take thy rod so God spake before in Exod. 17. 5. but here some gather from verse 9. that it was the rod of Aaron which had budded and was laid up before the Testimony Num. 17. 10. Chazkuni saith This was Aarons rod for loe it is here written in verse 9. And Moses tooke the rod from before the LORD and this was the rod of Aaron as it is written in Num. 17. 10. Bring Aarons rod againâ— before the Testimonie to be kept for a signe against the sonnes of rebellion and forasmuch as Aarons rod was a signe against the sonnes of rebellion hereupon Moses said in verse 10. Heare now ye rebels Howbeit Moses rod which is also called the rod of
one of those fiery serpents a figure of Christ as himselfe hath opened it saying As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wildernesse even so must the Son of Man be lifted up Ioh. 3. 14. For as this had the similitude of a serpent but had no venome so Christ had the similitude of a sinfull man yet without sin Heb. 4. 15. upon a pole or for a signe the originall Nes signifieth an ensigne or banner lifted up on high and is here by the Grecke and Chaldee translated a signe meaning a pole or pertch which is usually set up for a signe or signification of some thing And hereupon our Saviour useth the word of lifting up or setting on high in Joh. 3. 14. meaning of his crosse upon which he was lifted up at his death or of the the preaching of him crucified as elsewhere he likewise saith When ye have lifted up the Son of Man Ioh. 8. 28. and againe when he signified What death he should die he said And I if I be lifted up from the earth will draw all men unto me Ioh. 12. 32. So the setting of this Serpent on a pole or signe was a figure unto them of Christ to be crucified and preached unto the world for salvation when hee looketh upon it shall live or then he shall see or looke upon it and he shall live so implying both a commandement and a promise And this was the reason of the putting it upon a pole that the people which were farre off might presently see it every man from his place As the Serpent lifted up was a figure of Christ so the looking upon it signified faith in Christ as it is written At that day shall a man looke to his Maker and his eyes shall have respect to the holy one of Israel Esay 17. 7. And thus our Lord himselfe expoundeth it As Moses lifted up the Serpent in the wildernesse even so must the Sonne of Man be lifted up that whosoever BELEEVETH in him should not perish but have eternall life Iohn 3. 14 15. Likewise among the Hebrewes Targum Ionathan explaineth it thus Hee shall looke upon it and live if his heart be attent unto the name of the Word of the Lord. And Sol. Iarchi saith when they submitted their heart unto their Father which is in heaven they were healed otherwise they perished shall live that is shall bee healed and have his life and health continued as in Esay 38. 21. he shall live that is shall recover or be cured And by this recovery and continuance of naturall life was figured life eternall to all that beleeved in Christ Iohn 8. 15. who is the root of Iesse standing up for an ensigne of the people whereunto then at 〈◊〉 should seeke Esay 11. 10. And the worke of 〈◊〉 was hereby lively signified As they that were bitteâ— with these sâ—rpents if they looked upon their sores and not to the signe 〈…〉 cted of God they died so they that are bitten with sinne if they six their eyes therâ—â— though with repeâ—â—ance and looke not unto Christ doe despaire and die Matth. 27. 3. 〈◊〉 As they if they sought to Surgeons or Physitians or used salves or medicines of their owne or others perished so whosoever seeketh to any but Christ or endevoureth by his owne workes or sufferings to have life with God dieth in his sinnes Ioh. 8. 24. Gal. 5. 4. As the brasen serpent was an unlikely thing in humane reason to heale such deadly wounds so Christ crucified is unto the Iewer a stumbling-blocke and unto the Greekes foolishnesse but unto them which are called both I wes and Greekes Christ is the power of God and the wisdome of God 1 Cor. 1. 23 24. Vers. 9. a serpent of Brasse which metall besides that is of a fiery colour Ezek. 1. 7. Rev. 1. 15. and so might resemble the colour of the serpent◠〈◊〉 is also strong and durable and in that respect might figure out the strength of Christ who was inabled by the power of the God-head to endure aâ—d overcome all 〈…〉 is tribulations otherwise than any man could whereupon Iob faith in his sorrows Is my strength the strength of stones or is my flesh of brasse Ioh. 6. â—2 But unto the Prophet Christ shewed himselfe à man whose appearance was like the appearance of brasse Ezek. 40. 3. 〈…〉 for a signâ— as in vers 8. This was the worke of Moseâ— whereupon it is said As Moses lifted 〈◊〉 the Serpentiâ—g the wildernesse Iohn 3. 14. and it signified how Moses Law was our Schoolmaster unto Christ that we might be justified by faith Gal. 3. 24. by his writings Christ is lifted up as an ensigne unto all peoples for he wrote of Christ Ioh. 5 46 and by the rigour of his Law which urgeth satisfaction for sinne â—nd curseth all transgressours Gl 〈…〉 was lifted up upon the crosse God sending his owne Sonne in the likenesse of sinfull flesh who by his sacrifice for sinne condemned sinne in the flesh Gal. 3. 10. 13. Rom. 8. 3. if a serpent or as the Greeke translateth When a serpent biâ— a man so that the serpents were not taken away from the people as they desired in 〈…〉 s. 7. but continued still as a 〈◊〉 to n 〈…〉 re the disobedient people only God provideth a remedy to heale the repentant and beleeving sinners Wherefore also the brazen serpent was not lâ—â—â— standing in that place but they carried it along thorow the wildernesse even into the land of Canaan where it continued many yeares 2 King 18. 4. Such is the worke of grace towards us 〈◊〉 this life for neither are our sinnes utterly taken from us in this life but wee have forgivenesse of them by the bloud of Christ 1 Iohn 1. 7 8 9 10. 〈◊〉 3. 2. neither are our tentations and afflictions wholly removed though wee beâ—â—â—ch the Lord therefore but we receive grace from him which is suffi 〈…〉 for us and his strength is 〈◊〉 perfect in weaknesse 〈◊〉 Cor. 12. 7 8 9. when hee beheld or and if he beheld or looked unto the serpent of brasse then he lived where Taâ—gum Ionathan addeth againe ad directed his heart to the name of the word of the Lord then he lived And the Author of the booke of Wisdome speaking of this serpent which hee calleth a signe of salvation saith Hee that turned himselfe towards it was not saved by the thing that he saw but by thee O God that art the Saviour of all Wisd. 16. 6 7. This sheweth the truth of Gods promises and signes that they give life to them that obey and beleeve in Christ and when God promiseth to powre out the Spirit of grace upon his people it is with these words They shall looke upon 〈◊〉 whom they have pierced Zach. 12. 10. Thus the iust shall live by his faith Habak 2. 4. and hee that heareth the word of Christ and beleeveth on him that sent him hath everlasting life and shall not come into condemnation but
2. 28. with Act. 2. 17. 1 King 19. 10. with Rom. 11. 3. Esai 65. 1. with Rom. 10. 20. Mat. 21. 13. with Marke 12. 8. Vers. 18. Neither shalt thou or And thou shalt not and so in the precepts following all which are joyned to the former with this copulative And otherwise than was in Exod. 20. to teach the conjoyning of all these commandements as into one bodie of the Law which must be likewise in our obedience Because Whosoever shall keepe the whole Law and yet offend in one point he is guiltie of all For hee that said Doe not cemmit adâ—â—tery said also Doe not kill c. Iam. 2. 10 11. Vers. 20. false or rash vaine The same word Shav used before in verse 11. but for it in Exo. 20. Moses useth the word Sheker false and so the Chaldee hath in this place Vers. 21. wife in Exod. 20. 17. our neighbours house is put in the first place and his wife in the second otherwise than here So they that would divide this commandement into two cannot shew which is the ninth and which is the tenth seeing Moses hath purposely changed the order desire Here againe Moses useth another word 〈…〉 veh whereas in Exod. 20. 17. he keepeth one word in all the particulars tachmod covet which are two words in sound but one in signification though it may be with some difference of degree whereof there be sundry other examples in Scripture as Hinneh Behold 1 Chron. 17. 1. for which another Prophet saith Reeh See 2 Sam. 7. 2. Chajath a troope in 2. Sam. 23. 13. or Machanah an host in 1 Chron. 11. 15. he returned jashab 2 Sam. 6. 20. or hee turned againe jissob 1 Chron. 16. 43. Iaghnal he offered up 2 Sam. 6. 17. or Iakrib he offered 1 Chron. 16. 1. and many the like so that from two words of like sense here cannot be gathered two sundry commandements The like was in the ninth commandement before in vers 20. And if this Desire be another commandement there were but nine given in Exod. 20. Or if there were ten as is avouched in Exod. 34. 28. then here must be eleven contrary to Deut. 10. 4. But degrees of the same sinne make not here severall precepts The Hebrewes make this desire to be lesse than coveting and say Desire bringeth a man to coveting and coveting bringeth him to unjust taking away for if the owners be not willing to sell though he would give them a great price and hee is urgent upon them then he falleth to taking by violence as it is said in Mic. 2. 2. And they covet fields and take them by violence Maimony tom 4. treat of Rapine c. c. 1. s. 10 11. his field the Greeke saith nor his field this also is added more than in Exod. 20. 17. And usually when any thing it repeated either by the Prophets or Evangelists i◠〈◊〉 with varietie of words and phrases of which being compared there is very great use for the understanding of the Scriptures Vers. 22. added no more meaning no moe commandements of this sort for they were but ten 〈◊〉 Deut. 4. 13. or no more unto the people there were spoken to Moses Exod. 21. 1. c. The Chaldee translateth ceased not see the notes on Nam 11. 25. of stones both to have them perpetuall to his Church Iob 19. 23 24. and in mysterie to shew the stonie nature of mens hearts see the annotations on Exod. 31. 18. unto mee that Moses might carry them to the people and see then duly executed So the Magistrate is the keeper of both the tables of the Law for Moses was 〈◊〉 in Ieshurun Deut. 33. 5. Vers. 23. and the mount understand and saw the mount as Deut. 18. 16. Exod. 20. 18. The things which the people heard and saw were terrible unto then because they were sinners but a meane to humble them and drive them unto Christ H 〈…〉 12. 18. 24. Gal. 3. 19. 24. Elders in Greeke Senate or Eldership The people all and even the greatest and best fled from before the Lord and came to Moses for to be a Mediator See Exod. 20. 18 19. in the annotations Vers. 24. his voice the Chaldee saith the voice of his Word So in vers 25. Vers. 25. why should we die The Greeke translateth let us not die so it is a deprecation This speech implieth the sentence of death also which their owne hearts pronounced against them for their sinnes for such a question is likewise an affirmation as Why doth hee speake blasphemies Mark 2. 7. is expounded this man blasphemeth Matt. 9. 3. And this sheweth the effect of the Law in our consciences it causeth the spirit of bondage to feare Rom. 8. 15. and when the voice of God in his Law is heard and understood of men it terrifieth and killeth before that they thinke they are alive without the Law Rom. 7. 9 10. fire which signified the force of the firie Law Deut. 33. 2. that it is in mans heart as a burning fire shut up in his bones as Ier. 20. 9. both manifesting sinnes and tormenting the conscience wherein it differeth from the Gospell Heb. 12. 18. then or surely Heb. and we shall dic Thus there was not a law given which could give life Gal. 3. 21. but the letter killeth 2 Cor. 3. 6. and the law is not of faith Gal. 3. 12. the hearing of it and escaping death caused them not to beleeve but the just shall live by faith through the Gospell of Christ Rom. 1. 16 17. unto whom the Law was a Schoolemaster Gal. 3. 24. Vers. 26. all flesh or who is any flesh that is any fraile man for all flesh is grasse Esa. 40. 6. The Greeke translateth For what flesh Which word flesh is often used for unregenerate man as is noted on Gen. 6. 3. and to such especially the Law is the terrours of death though all humane nature being in sinne is here condemned So in Psal. 143. 2. the living God The Hebrew words are both plurall implying the mysterie of the Trinitie as is noted on Gen. 1. 1. and he is called the living God as here so in Ios. 3. 10. 1 Sam. 17. 26. Esa. 37. 4. Psal. 42. 3. Hos. 1. 10. and in sundry other places to oppose him unto all false gods which are called the dead Psal. 106. 28. whereupon it is said Yee turned to God from Idols to serve the living and true God 1 Thess. 1. 9. Also to shew that God is powerfull in operation being not only living in himselfe so that he only hath immortalitie 1 Tim. 6. 16. but the giver of life unto all For in him wee live and move and have our being Act. 17. 28. and he is the fountaine of living waters Ier. 17. 13. who continually and abundantly refresheth his people It signifieth also his eternitie as he that liveth for ever and ever Revel 10. 6. of whom it is said For he is the living God and continuing for
Chaldee do interpret it the Burning a place so called because the people complaining there the fire of the Lord was kindled and consumed some of them See the historie in Num. 11. 1 2 3. Massah in English the tentation and so the Greek and Chaldee translate it A place at Rephidim in the wildernesse before they came to Horeb ten stations from Egypt in the first yeere of their travell where wanting water they tempted God saying Is the Lord amongst us or no and there he gave them water out of the Rocke Exod. 17. See the annotations there and Psal. 95. 8 9. Heb. 3. 8. c. Deut. 6. 16. Kibroth-hattaavah in English the Graves of lust so translated also by the Greeke Here a little from Taberah forementioned they loathed Manna and lusted for flesh God gave them Quailes but they died of a plague 〈◊〉 the flesh was yet betweene their teeth and 〈◊〉 buried there occasioned this name of the 〈◊〉 for a perpetuall memoriall See Num. 11. 4 34. and the annotations there Also Psal. 78. 〈◊〉 31. and 106. 14 15. Vers. 23. Kadesh-barnea where being come thorow the wildernesse of Pharan to the border of the land of Canaan they were commanded of God to goe take possession Then they sent spies who discouraged the people so through want of 〈◊〉 they durst not enter and were for it condem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 40. yeeres wandring in the wildernesse and 〈◊〉 ended their dayes See Numb 13. and 14. 〈◊〉 against the mouth that is against the 〈◊〉 or commandement in Greeke yee disobeyed 〈◊〉 word Vers. 24. that I knew you the Greeke expounds 〈…〉 the day that he was knowne unto you So he 〈…〉 deth with a generall charge of rebellion upon them shewing hereby the impossibility of the law and ministery thereof to bring men unto God for it causeth sinne and wrath to abound as 〈◊〉 4. 15. and 8 3. Gal. 3. 19 22. For besides these 〈…〉 lars they sinned many other times in the 〈…〉 nesse as is noted on Num. 14. 22. and in Psa. 〈◊〉 and 106. Vers. 25. I fell downe in Greeke I prayed Hee 〈…〉 th to speake of their reconciliation to God which was by the prayer of Moses as a mediatour 〈◊〉 figure of Christ by whom and not by our own deserts we have entrance into the kingdome of God Gal. 3. 22. 24. Rom. 3. 20 22. and 5. 1 2 c. as I fell downe to wit at the first as v. 18. or which I fell downe that is which I said before that I fell downe But the Hebrew asher which is sometimes used for as as in Ier. 48. 8. said for to destroy that is said that he would destroy you See the like phrases so expounded in Esay 49. 6. with Acts 13. 47. 1 Chron. 17. 4. with 2 Sam. 7. 5. Matt. 20. 19. with Mark 10. 33 34. Vers. 26. Lord Iehovoh in Greeke Lord Lord in Chaldee Lord God See the annotations on Gen. 15. 2. thy people this respecteth their adoption in Christ and justification 1 Pet. 2. 9 10. inheritance this implyeth their sanctification unto the obedience and service of God by the Spirit See Exod. 34. 9. through thy greatnes in Greek through thy great strength as v. 29. it implyeth also his great goodnesse and therefore is often spoken of his gracious workes for his people 1 Chron. 17. 19. Luke 1 49. Vers. 27. thy servants Hee meaneth Gods oath unto them to multiply their seed and to give them the land for an eternall inheritance as is expressed in this prayer before Exod. 32. 13. So the Greeke addeth here unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe hardnesse the naturall corruption whereby the heart is hardned that it cannot repent and beleeve the word of God from which the two evils following doe flow Rom. 2. 5. Vers. 28. the land that is as the Greeke and Chaldee both explaine the inhabitants of the land This reason is also alleaged in Exod. 32. 12. and Numb 14. 16. CHAP. X. 1 A rehearsall of Gods mercies in renuing the two tables of the Covenant 6 in leading the people forward towards Canaan and continuing the priest-hood after Aarons death 8 in separating the tribe of Levi unto the ministerie 10 in hearkning unto Moses his suit for the people 12 An exhortation unto obedience 14 because of Gods glorie 15 love unto Israel 17 justice towards all 21 his fearefull workes 22 and multiplication of his people AT that time Iehovah said unto mee Hew thee two tables of stone like the first and come up unto me into the mount and thou shalt make thee an Arke of wood And I will write on the tables the words which were on the first tables which thou brakest and thou shalt put them in the Arke And I made an Arke of Shittim wood and hewed two tables of stone like the first went up into the mount and the two tables in my hand And he wrote on the tables according to the first writing the ten words which Iehovah had spoken unto you in the mount out of the midst of the fire in the day of the assembly and Iehovah gave them unto me And I turned my self and came downe from the mount and I put the tables in the Arke which I had made and there they be as Iehovah commanded me And the sonnes of Israel journeyed from Beeroth of the sonnes of Iaakan from Moserah there Aaron dyed and was buried there and Eleazar his sonne administred the Priests office in his stead From thence they journeyed to Gudgodah and from Gudgodah to Iot-bath a land of rivers of waters At that time Iehovah separated the tribe of Levi to beare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah to stand before Iehovah to minister unto him and to blesse in his name unto this day Therefore Levi hath no part or inheritance with his brethren Iehovah he is his inheritance as Iehovah thy God spake unto him And I stood in the mount according to the former dayes fortie dayes and fortie nights and Iehovah hearkened unto me at that time also Iehovah would not destroy thee And Iehovah said unto me Arise goe in journey before the people that they may goe in and possesse the land which I sware unto their fathers to give unto them And now Israel what doth Iehovah thy God aske of thee but to feare Iehovah thy God to walke in all his waies and to love him and to serve Iehovah thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soule To keepe the commandements of Iehovah and his statutes which I command thee this day for good unto thee Behold unto Iehovah thy God belong the heavens and the heavens of heavens the earth and all that therein is Onely in thy fathers Iehovah had a delight to love them and he chose their seed after them even you above all peoples as it is this day Circumcise therefore the super fluous foreskinne of your heart and make not your necke stiffe any more For Iehovah your God
sect 3. Vers. 9. shalt kill him by shewing the thing to the Magistrate who hath power to kill him therfore the Greeke translateth Shewing thou shalt shew concerning him thine hand this is spoken to the accuser or first witnesse who must cast the first stone at him Deut. 17. 7. Of the manner of stoning used in Israel see the notes on Levit. 24. 23. Vers. 10. to thrust thee away from Iehovah in Chaldee to make thee to erre from the feare of the Lord that is to goe astray from his true worship â—â—d service as feare in Esay 29. 13. is expounded worship in Matt. 15. 9. of servants in Greeke and Chaldee of servitude or bondage Vers. 11. shall doe no more Hebr. shall not adde to doe as this evill word that is any such evill thing as this is For punishment of transgressours is a meane to restraine others from wickednesse and to make them wise Prov. 21. 11. On the contrary Because sentence against an evill worke is not executed speedily therefore the heart of the sonnes of men is fully set in them to doe evill Eccles. 8. 11. See the like in Deut. 17. 13. The Hebrewes gather from the words All Israel shall heare c. that a cryer was to proclaime before him unto all the cause of his death and they note foure sorts of evill doers before whom such proclamation was made The rebellious Elder Deut. 17. 13. the presumptuous false witnesse Deut. 19. 19 20. the intiser to Idolatry here spoken of and the stubborne rebellious sonne Deut. 21. 18 21. Maimony tom 4. treat of Rebels c. 3. s. 8. Vers. 12. If thou shalt heare say in one or When thou shalt heare of one that is of any one of thy cities This is one of the most severe lawes wherein God sheweth his jealousie and indignation against idolaters to the utter rooting out not onely of their persons but or their posterity goods and citie it selfe for ever of thy cities of the cities of Israel which were Gods people against whom onely this law is given if they should bee drawne to idolatry and not against those that were without So of spirituall judgment it is said Doe not yee judge them that are within But them that are without God judgeth 1 Cor. 5. 12 13. Vers. 13. sonnes of Belial that is wicked or mischievous persons which the Chaldee interpreteth sonnes of wickednesse Belial in Hebrew Beliijagnal is by interpretation without profit or without yoake that is lawlesse rebellious and wicked and this name is given unto Satan or Antichrist opposed unto Christ in 2 Cor. 6. 15. and to bee sonnes of Belial is to be addicted or given over unto wickednesse as in 1 Sam. 2. 12. Iudg. 19. 22. 1. King 21. 10. The like is of a daughter of Belial 1 Sam. 1. 16. and man of Belial 1 Sam. 25. 25. and sometime the wicked are simply called Belial as in 2 Sam. 23. 6. Nahum 1. 15. and as it is here applyed to persons so is it also to wicked things words or thoughts as in Deut. 15. 9. out from the middest of thee or from among you speaking to Israel from whom such wicked persons might in all ages goe forth as they did also from the Christian Churches as it is said They went out from us but they were not of us 1 Ioh. 2. 19. And this their going out argueth likewise their stubborne and presumptuous carriage in their evill which they did not in secret but as proclaiming warre against the Lord. have thrust away or have driven have withdrawne to wit out of the way as was expressed in vers 5. the Chaldee expoundeth it have caused to erre or goe astray and it noteth the force and efficacie or such seducers as Ieroboam is said to have driven Israel from following the Lord 2 King 17. 21. See before on Deut. 4. 19. the inhâ—bâ—tants This is spoken generally and indefinitely if all the inhabitants were seduced there is no doubt but the judgment following was to be executed the Hebrews also thinke if the greater part of the citie were drawn away they all that were seduced were to dye and the citie to bee destroyed but if the lesser part onely were withdrawne then they were killed but the citie it selfe was to be let stand as is further shewed in the annotations following other gods in Chaldee the idols of the peoples so here were two evills the forsaking of the true God whom they had knowne and the following of other gods whom they had not knowne Of these the Lord saith by his Prophet Bee astonished O yee heavens at this and be horribly afraid he yee very desolate saith the LORD for my people have committed two evills they have forsaken me the fountaine of living waters they have hewed them out cesternes broken cesternes that can hold no water Ier. 2. 12 13. Vers. 14. Then shalt thou enquire hee speaketh to Israel and therein chiefly to the Rulers whom it most concerned to try out this case and by these three enquire search aske that well or diligently he teacheth them what care should be had for finding out the truth that this severe judgment came not upon any without their due demerit The Hebrewes say They judge not a citie thrust away but in the judgment hall of 71 Magistrates it is said in Deut. 17. 5. Thou shalt bring forth that man or that woman unto thy gates and shalt stone them c. Particular persons are killed by the Iudges that are in every citie but the multitude are not killed save by the great Synedrion The great Court doe send and enquire and search till they know evidently that all the citie or the most of it is thrust away and turned to idolatry Afterward they send two learned men to admonish and to convert them If they convert and shew repentance it is well but if they persist in their folly the Synedrion doe command all Israel to goe up against them to warre and they doe besiege them and wage warre against them untill the citie be broken up When it is broken up forthwith they set for them many courts of judgment and doe judge them whosoever hath two witnesses come against him that hee served an Idoll after they have dispatched him they put him apart If all the Idolaters be found the lesser number they stone them to death and the rest of the citie is delivered If they be found the greater number they carry them up to the high Court and give sentence there against them Maim treat of Idolat c. 4. s. 3. 6. Vers. 15. smite the inhabitants the Greeke saith kill all the inhabitants with the slaughter of the sword which is to bee understood if they bee all found guilty as they say They kill with the sword all that have served the Idoll and smite every soule men women and children if all the citie bee thrust away If the Idolaters be found the greater number they smite all the little ones and women
Senate of Iudges which were of the chiefe or heads of the fathers of Israel 2 Chron. 19. 8. as they who here are called Priests are in v. 12. called the Priest and in 1 Chr. 4. 42. many captaines are in the Hebrew called an Head And as among the Priests one was chiefe so among the Iudges one was Prince or Ruler 2 Chro. 19. 11. The Hebrew records say When any doubt arose in any case to any one of Israel he asked of the Iudgement hall or Synedrion that was in his citie if they knew they told it him if not then he that enquired together with the Synedrion or with the messengers thereof went up to Ierusalem enquired of the Synedrion that was in the mountaine of the Temple if they knew they 〈◊〉 him if not then they all came to the Synedrion that was at the dvore of the Court-yard of the Temple if they knew they told it them and if not they all came to the Chamber of hewen stone to the great Synedrion and enquired c. Maim tom 4. treat of Rebells c. 1. s. 4. Of the threâ— Synedrions in Ierusalem see the Annotations on Num. 11. 16. that shall be in those dayes From hence the Hebrewes gather that if the high Synedrion had judged and determined of a matter as 〈◊〉 right in their eyes after them another Synedrom rose up which upon reasons seeming good unto them disanulled the former sentence then it was disanulled and judgement passed according as seemed good unto these latter Thou art not bound say they to walk save after the Synedrion or Iudges that are in thy generation the time wherin thou livest Maim in Rebels c. 2. s. 1. the word of judgement that is the matter or sentence of judgement which was to be according to the Law of God vers 11. as it is said of the Priests And in controversie they shall stand in judgement and they shall judge it according to my judgements Ezek. 44. 24. Whereupon it was also said unto the Iudges Yee shall warne them that they trespasse not against the Lord and so wrath come upon you and upon your brethren 2 Chron. 19. 10. Vers. 10. according to the word or according to the sentence of the word Hebr. the mouth of the word so in v. 11. all that they informe thee or all that they teach thee to wâ—t agreeable to Gods Law as before is shewed from Ezek. 44. 24. And in this sense Christ said to the people of the Scribes and Pharisees sitting in Moses seat All whatsoever they bid you observe that observe and doe Matth. 23. 2 3. which he meaneth not of their owne traditions but of their doctrine according to Moses for when they taught for doctrines the commandements of men hee both reproved them himselfe and willed his Disciples to let them alone as blinde leaders of the blinde Matth. 15. 1 2 14 and charged them to beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadduces that is their doctrine Matt. 16. 6 12. Here therefore the Hebrew Doctors have stumbled at the Law whiles from this Scripture they would establish not onely the written Law of God but the Law by word of mouth or by tradition the foundation whereof they make the high Synedrion which was in Ierusalem from whose judgement they held it not lawfull to decline Maimony in Rebels c. 1. Vers. 11. According to the Law or According to the mouth that is the sentence doctrine or commandement of the Law not decline from the word or not turne aside from The commandement to doc the prohibition not to decline joyned together in this Law doe shew the weight thereof the naming of the Law Iudgement Word which the Priests and Iudges should teach sheweth the rule of right judgement to be given of God in his Law Ios. 1. 7. Deut. 5. 32 33. Ezek. 44. 24. from which when the Priests departed the Lord made them contemptible and base before all the people Mal. 2. 7 8 9. Vers. 12. the man that will doe presumptuously or in presumption proudly as the Greeke translateth in pride the Chaldee in wickednesse It is opposed unto ignorance and errour Exod. 21. 13 14. By the man here here to be meant either private person or inferiour Iudge that proudly disobeyed the sentence of the highest Councell but the Hebrewes referre it chiefly to the Rebellious Elder or Iudge and whereas they brought their owne traditions or law by word of mouth within the compasse of the Law to be taught as is noted on vers 10. they except the Sadduces which had beene from their youth trained up in their fathers opinions and never received the traditions of the Pharisees that such were not to dye by this Law for not obeying the doctrine which the high Court taught by tradition as also from this word will doe they teach that the rebellious Elder was not guilty of death for holding in judgment contrary to the decree of the high Synedrion or for teaching others so to hold unlesse hee teach them to do the thing or doe it himselfe Yet though he were free from death the Magistrates might beat him or otherwise punish him Maim in Rebel c. 3. s. 1. c. the Priest that is the Priests as in v. 9. for by their mouth every controversie and every stroke was to bee tried Deut. 21. 5. standeth to minister so in Ezek. 44. 24. in controversie they shall stand in judgment see the notes on Deut. 10. 8. there before Iehovah or there unto Iehovah as in Deut. 21. 5. the Greeke translateth in the name of the Lord. or unto the Iudge that is the Iudges as is noted on v. 9. And by this disjunctive or the Iudges are distinguished from the Priests forementioned shall die the manner of his death the Hebrewes say was strangling and they that put him to death were the chiefe Iudges When witnesses come and testifie that he hath done according to his teaching or that hee hath taught others to doe it they determine his sentence of death in the judgment hall that is in his Citie and take him and carrie him up from thence to Ierusalem And they put him not to death in the Iudgment hall that is in his citie c. but carrie him up to the high Synedrion in Ierusalem and keepe him untill the feast and strangle him at the feast as it is said and all the people shall heare and feare c. Maimony in Rebels o. 3. s. 8. See also the notes on Deut. 13. 11. the evill the evill doer as the Childee explaineth it agreeable also to the Greeke see Deut. 13. 5. Vers. 14. and shalt say that is if thou shalt say I will set over mee a King Thus God who had set Iudges over his people permitteth them also to have a king if they saw it so meet and would and should doe this thing after an holy and orderly manner But when they sought it amisse it displeased the
a day is naught such a day is fit for to doe such a worke such a yeere or moneth is evill for such a thing It is unlawfull to observe times though one doe no worke but make it knowne they are lyes which fooles imagine to bee true and to bee words of wise men c. Maim in treat of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 8. an observer of fortunes one that curiously searcheth observeth and telleth signes of good or evill luck which are learned by experience The Hebrew Nachash is to search and finde out by experience Gen. 30. 27. and 44. 5. whereupon Menachesh the word here used is one that too curiously observeth and abuseth things that doe fall out as luckie or unluckie signes as did the Augures and Soothsaiers among the heathens The Hebrewes describe it thus as if one should say Because the morsell of bread is fallen out of my mouth or my staffe out of mine hand I will not goe to such a place this day for if I goe I shall not speed of my businesse Because a Fox passed by on my right hand I will not goe out of my house this day for if I goe some deceitfull man will meet with mee And so if men heare the chattering of a bird and say it shall be so or not so it is good to doe such a thing or naught to doe such a thing c. And so hee that maketh signes for himselfe if it fall out so or so I will doe such a thing if it fall not out I will not doe it and all things of like sort these all are unlawfull and who-soever doth any act bacause of any of these things is to be beaten Maimony treat of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 4. This sinne was common among the heathens practised of the wisest Numb 24. 1. 1 King 20. 33. and it spread into Israel 2 King 17. 17. 2 Chron. 33. 6. and is at this day too common among Christians though Gods law plainly forbiddeth it here and in Levit. 19. 26. a witch or a sorcerer a magician in Hebrew Mecashsheph in Greeke Pharmakos of this kinde were Iannes and Iambres the sorcerers of Egypt see the notes on Exod. 7. 11. Such were esteemed among the wise and called to tell and interpret dreames Dan. 2. 2. By Gods Law a winch might not bee suffered to live Exod. 22. 18. yet did this evill prevaile in Israel 2 Chron. 33. 6. Ier. 27. 9. Mal. 3. 5. The Hebrews seeme to hold two sorts of these witches or sorcerers some that did hurt others that did hold the eies that is by jugling and sleights beguiled mens senses Mecashsheph the witch is to be stoned to death if be doe the act oft witchcraft but he that heldeth the dies and seemeth to doe that which he doth not is to be beaten Maimony treat of Idolatry ch 11. s. 15. Vers. 11. charmeth a charme or inchanteth an inchantment or conjureth conjuration The Hebrew Chober signifieth conjoyning or consociating the Chaldee name Ratim is of murmuring or mumbling the Greeke Epaidon of charming or inchanting This Charmer is said to be hee that speaketh words of a strange language and without sense and hee in his foolishnesse thinketh that these words are profitable That if one say so or so unto a Serpent or a Scorpion it cannot hurt a man and hee that saith so and so to a mâ—an be cannot be hurt c. He that whispereth over a wound or readeth a verse out of the Bible likewise he that readeth over an Infant that it may not be frighted or that layeth the booke of the Law the Bible or the Phylacteries upon a childe that it may sleepe such are not onely among inchanters or charmers but of those that generally denie the Law of God because they make the words of the Scripture medicine for the body whereas they are not but medicine for the soule as it is written in Prov. 3. 22. They shall be life unto thy soule Maimony 〈◊〉 of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 10. 12. of a familiar spirit called in Hebrew Ob which signifieth a bottle Ioh 32. 19. applied here and often to Magicians who possessed with an evill spirit speak with hollow voice as out of a bottell and as some say with swollen bellies whereupon the Greeke version usually calleth them Eggastrimuthoi as speaking out of the belly But the holy Ghost in Act. 16. 16. expoundeth it more fully the spirit of Pithon or of divination meaning of the Devill whose answers were given to the heathens by these meanes the chiefe whereof was called Pythius Apollo and his Temple Pythion and his feast Pythia kept to his honour who was faigned to kill the serpent Python The manner of this Oracle the Prophet sheweth to be with an hollow low voice as Thy speech shall bee low out of the dust and thy voice shall be as of one that hath a familiar spirit Esay 29. 4. The Hebrewes explaine it thus that hee which had a familiar spirit stood and burned incense and held a rod of mirtle tree in his hand and waved it And he spake certaine words in secret untill hee that inquired did heare one speake unto him and answer him touching that which hee inquired with words from under the earth with a very low voice c. Likewise one tooke a dead mans skull and burnt incense thereto and inchanted thereby till hee heard a very low voice c. Hee that did any of these acts was to be stoned to death Maim in treat of Idolatry c. 6. s. 1. This was Sauls sinne that he sought to a woman which had a familiar spirit the voice whereof he heard 1. Sam. 28. 7. 15. for which transgression the Lord killed him 1 Chron. 10. 13. and hath threatned to cut off all from among his people that doe inquire of such Levit. 20. 6 wizard or cunning man in Hebrew Iidgnoni so named of his knowledge or cunning and so the Greeke version in other places calleth him Gnostes of knowledge a Prognosticator but here the Greeke is Teratoskopos he that observeth wonders The Chaldee giveth him a name of remembrance Zecuru He is usually joyned with the former that hath a familiar spirit as in Levit. 19. 31. and 20. 6. 2 Chron. 33. 6. 1 Sam. 28. 3. and by the Law they were both of them to die Levit. 20. 27. Such were among the Egyptians and other heathens Esay 19. 3. it is likely therefore that their practise was alike abominable The Hebrewes describe him thus that hee put in his meuth a bone of a bird called Iaduangh burned incense did other workes untill he fell downe as with shame or modestie and spake with his mouth things that were to come to passe Maim treat of Idolatry ch 6. sect 2. that seeketh unto the dead or as the Chaldee and Greeke expound it that inquireth of the dead such wee call of the Greeke name a Necromancer Of him they say that he made himselfe hungry and went and lodged
13. all that I shall command This Christ did in his owne person as he said I speake not of my selfe but the Father which sent me he gave me a commandement what I should say and what I should speake and I know that his commandement is life everlasting whatsoever I speake therefore even as the Father said unto mee so I speake Ioh. 12. 49 50. and All things that I have heard of my Father I have made knowne unto you Iob. 15. 15. He did and doth it also by his Ministers for as he gave his Apostles the words which the Father had given him Ioh. 17. 8. so the things which they spake and wrote were the commandements of the Lord 1 Cor. 14. 37. and he requireth of all that If any man speake it should be as the oracles of God 1 Pet. 4. 11. V. 19. my words God here acknowledgeth the words to be his own which Christ should speake as himselfe also said My doctrine is not mine but his that sent me Ioh. 7. 16. And whereas Prophets used to shew signes wonders Deut. 13. 1 2. though Christ did many such Act. 2. 22. yet are they not here mentioned because the word gospell of Christ is the power of God unto salvation Ro. 1. 16. and his commandement is life everlasting Ioh. 12. 50. and Christs name is called the word of God Rev. 19. 13. Io. 1. 1. the word rather than wonders was that w ch the ancient Iewes expected by Christ as their later writers doe witnesse saying Let it not come up into thy mind that the king Christ needeth to do signes woÌ„ders the thing is not so for behold Rabbi Akibah was a great wise man of the wise men of the Thalmud and he was armour-bearer to Ben Coziba the King who was thought to be the king Christ. And both he and all the wise men of his age supposed that he had beene Christ the King untill he was killed for his iniquities when he was killed they knew he was not so And the wise men asked not of him any signe or wonder Maim in treat of Kings ch 11. s. 3. Howbeit when the true Christ was indeed come that wicked and adulterous generation sought after a signe Mat. 16. 14. and 12. 38 39. and except they saw signes and wonders they would not beleeve Ioh. 4. 48. and though he did many miracles before them yet they beleeved not in him Ioh. 12. 37. He came in his Fathers name and they received him not another as Beu Coziba came in his own name and him they received Ioh. 5. 43. I will require it to wit by punishmeÌ„t for so requiring often signifieth Gen. 9. 5. and 42. 22. and so the Greeke here translateth I will take vengeance on him and the Apostle expoundeth it thus every soule which will not he are that Prophet shall be destroyed from among the people Act. 3. 23. The Chaldee translateth My Word shall require it of him And the Hebrew Doctors so explaine these words He that transgresseth against his words is guiltie of death by the hand of God as it is written in Deut. 18. I will require it of him Maim in Iesude hatorah c. 9. s. 2. This was fulfilled upon the Iewes who would not hearken to the words of Christ therefore he destroyed the Citie and the Sanctuarie as was prophesied Dan. 9. 26. The enemies laid it even with the ground and the children therof within it they left not therein one stone upon another because she knew not the time of her visitation Luk. 19. 44. So they died in their sins Ioh. 8. 24. and wrath came upon them to the uttermost 1 Thess. 2. 16. Vers. 20. shall presume The Greeke and Chaldee expound it shall doe ungodlily and wickedly not commanded of this sin the false Prophets in Israel were commonly guiltie for it reproved as They have seene vanitie and lying divination saying The Lord saith and the Lord hath not sent them Ezek. 13. 6. and I have not sent them saith the Lord yet they prophesie a lie in my name Ier. 27. 15. And of this the Hebrewes say The false Prophet is to bee strangled to death although he prophesie in the name of the Lord and neither addeth nor diminisheth Deut. 18. 20. Whether he prophesieth that which he hath not heard by propheticall vision or who so hath heard the words of his fellow Prophet and saith that this word was said unto him and be prophesieth therby 〈…〉 is a false Prophet and is to be strangled to death Maiâ— treat of Idolatrie chap. 5. sect 7 8. of other gods as they that prophesied by Baal Ier. 2. 8. and 23. 13. The Hebrewes declare it thus The Prophet that prophesieth in the name of an Idol as he that saith such an Idol or such a starre said unto me that we are commanded to doe this or that or not to doe it though it be to pronounce that uncleane which is uncleane or that cleane which is cleane c. he is to be strangled to death c. And it is unlawfull to aske of him a signe or a wonder and if he doe any of him-selfe they may not regard him who so supposeth of his signes that per adventure they may be true transgresseth this prohibition Deut. 13. 3. Thou shalt not bearken unto the words of that prophet Maim treat of Idolatrie chap. 5. sect 6 7. shall â—ven die that is shall be put to death by the Magistrate and his judgement is to be strangled as before is noted For which strangling they afterward as under the Romans used Crucifying And the Hebrewes say They judged not either a whole tribe or a false Prophet or the high Priest but by the mouth of the Synedrion of 71. Iudges Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin chap. 1. This high Synedrion was after in Ierusalem hereupon our Saviour said It cannot be that a Prophet perish out of Ierusalem and ô Ierusalem Ierusalem which killest the Prophets c. Luk. 13. 33 34. Vers. 22. That which in Greeke Whatsoever things meaning of predictions foretelling things to come For touching matters of faith and of the worship of God the people were to hold unto the written Law against which if any Prophet did teach and give a signe or wonder which came to passe yet they were not to beleeve or hearken unto him See Deut. 13. 1 5. the thing or the word be not But Ionas prophesied the destruction of Niniveh within fortie dayes and it came not to passe yet the Lord had spoken that word Ion. 1. and 3. Here then conditions are implied as if men breake not off their sinnes by repentance the evils foretold shall come upon them c. Ezek. 33. 13 14 15. Ier. 26. 12 13 18 19. Especially this is meant concerning prophesies of good things which if they come not to passe the Prophet is found false as Ieremie said to Ananias The Prophets that have beene before mee and before thee of old prophesied
truth concerning Christ Ioh. 1. 15. and 5. 33. Hee was also approved of God among them by miracles wonders and signes Act. 2. 22. so that the workes which the Father gave him to finish which also he did they bare witnesse of him and the Father himselfe bare witnesse of him Ioh. 5. 36 37. yet they like an evill and adulterous generation condemned by these their owne canons beleeved not in him but tempted God and sought after a signe Mat. 12. 38 39. and though the men which saw his miracles said This is of a truth that Prophet which should come into the world Ioh. 6. 14. yet that faithlesse generation beleeved not but said What signe shewest thou that wee may see and beleeve thee Ioh. 6. 30. But though he had done so many miracles before them yet they beleeved not neither could they beleeve because that Esaias said Hee hath blinded their eyes and hardned their heart c. Ioh. 12. 37. 39 40. in presumption that is presumptuously the Greeke translateth in ungodlinesse the Chaldee in wickednesse not be afraid either for his threatning words or for his signes nor afraid to put him to death And thus the Hebrewes explaine it saying Whosoever with draweth himselfe from killing a false Prophet because of his dignitie for that he walketh in the wayes of prophesie behold he transgresseth against this prohibition THOV SHALT NOT BE AFRAID OF HIM And so he that withdraweth himselfe frō teaching cōcerning him what he is guilty of or that dreadeth and feareth for his words c. And they judge not a false prophet but in the judgment hall of 71. Magistrates Maim treat of Idolatrie ch 5. s. 9. CHAP. XIX 1 The cities of refuge 4 The privilege of them for the manslayer 11 The wilfull murtherer must die 14 The land-mark may not be removed 15 Two witnesses at the least must stablish every matter 16 A false witnesse must be diligently inquired into and done unto as he had thought to doe unto his brother WHen Iehovah thy God hath cut off the nations whose land Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee and thou possessest them and dwellest in their cities and in their houses Thou shalt separate three cities for thee in the midst of thy land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee to possesse it Thou shalt prepare for thee the way and shalt divide into three parts the coast of thy land which Iehovah thy God shall give thee to inherit and it shall be that every man-slayer may flee thither And this is the case of the man-slayer which shall flee thither and live who so smiteth his neighbour unwittingly and he hated him not in time past As when he commeth with his neighbour into a wood to hew trees and his hand fetcheth a stroke with an axe to cut downe a tree and the iron slippeth from the wood and findeth his neighbour and hee die he shall flee unto one of these cities and live Lest the avenger of the bloud pursue after the man-slayer while his heart is hot and overtake him because the way is long and smite him in soule and he had not the judgement of death because he hated him not in time past Therefore I command thee saying Thou shalt separate for thee three cities And if Iehovah thy God enlarge thy coast as he hath sworne unto thy fathers and give unto thee all the land which he hath spoken to give unto thy fathers If thou shalt keepe all this commandement to do it which I command thee this day to love Iehovah thy God and to walke in his wayes all dayes then thou shalt adde three cities moe for thee beside these three That innocent bloud be not shed within thy land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee for an inheritance and so blouds be upon thee But if a man be a hater of his neighbour and lie in wait for him and rise up against him and smite him in soule that he die and fleeth unto one of these cities Then the Elders of his citie shall send and take him thence and shall give him into the hand of the avenger of the bloud and he shall die Thine eye shall not spare him and thou shalt put away innocent bloud from Israel and it shall goe well with thee Thou shalt not remove thy neighbours limit which the first fathers have limited in thine inheritance which thou shalt inherit in the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee to possesse it One witnesse shall not rise up against a man for any iniquitie or for any sinne in any sinne that he sinneth at the mouth of two witnesses or at the mouth of three witnesses shall a word be stablished When an unrighteous witnesse shall rise up against a man to testifie revolt against him Then both the men betweene whom the controversie is shall stand before Iehovah before the Priests and the Iudges which shall be in those dayes And the Iudges shall make diligent inquisition and behold if the witnesse be a false witnesse and hath testified a falshood against his brother Then shall yee doe unto him as hee had thought to have done unto his brother and thou shalt put away the evill from the midst of thee And the residue shall heare and feare and shall not adde to doe any more such an evill thing as this in the midst of thee And thine eye shall not spare soule for soule eye for eye tooth for tooth hand for hand foot for foot Annotations THou shalt separate in Ios. 20. 7. he useth the word sanctified in Num. 35. 11. shall appoint Here Moses explaineth the sixt commandement for some speciall lawes concerning it three cities besides those three which Moses had separated without the river Deut. 4. 41 43. These three cities were Kedesh Shechem and Hebron Ios. 20. 7. They were all cities of the Levites see Num. 35. 6. in the midst that is within thy land as in the midst of the citie Ier. 52. 25. is the same that within the citie 2 King 25. 19. See also the notes on Gen. 2. 9. This is spoken because there were no cities of refuge but in the land which Israel possessed See Num. 35. 2. Vers. 3. shalt prepare Of this it is said The senate or Magistrates in Israel were bound to prepare the wayes to the cities of refuge to make them fit and broad and to remove out of them all stumbling blocks and offences and they suffered not any hill or dale to bee in the way nor waters streame but they made a bridge over it that nothing might binder him that fled thither And the bredth of the way to the cities of refuge was no lesse than 32. cubits And at the partitions of wayes they set up in writing REFVGE REFVGE that the man-stayer might know and turne thitherward On the 15. of the moneth Adar or Februarie every yeare the Magistrates sent out messengers to prepare the wayes c. Maimony treat of Murder chap. 8. sect 5 6.
divide into three because the land was much more long than broad therefore the cities of refuge were in three places equally distant and so commodious for men to flee unto Vers. 4. the case Heb◠the word in Greeke the ordinance of the man-slayer or murderer and live or that he may live From these words the Hebrew Doctors teach that a Scholer exiled to the cities of refuge his Master also goeth with him as it is written AND LIVE But the life of them that love and seeke after wisdome is without the doctrine of the Law counted as death And so the Master that is exiled his schoole goeth with him c. Maim treat of Murder chap. 7. sect 1. smiteth meaning to death as the Chaldee translateth killeth So he smote 2 King 14. 5. is expounded he killed in 2 Chron. 25. 3. unwittingly or ignorantly unawares Heb. without knowledge the Greke saith unwillingly hated him not for hee that was his enemie though hee killed him unawares might not have the benefit of the citie of refuge as is noted on Numb 35. 20. And who is he that hateth He that for enmitie sake speaketh not unto him for three dayes Maim treat of Murder chap. 6. sect 10. in time past Hebr. and Greeke from yesterday and the third day so in vers 6. Vers. 5. As when he commeth or And he that shall come and thus the Greeke translateth it a wood or forrest This is a similitude for all like places and cases but hence the Hebrewes gather Who so commeth into a mans yard without his leavs of the man of that house kill him by errour he is free from being exiled into the cities of refuge for it is said INTO A WOOD. What is that wood A place which the slaine person hath libertie to come into And so all other the like Maim treat of Murder chap. 6. sect 11. the wood that is the helve of the 〈◊〉 findeth that is hitteth or lighteth upon and live within his citie of refuge where hee must abide untill the death of the high Priest Num. 35. 25. See the annotations there Vers. 6. avenger or neare kinsman who is by dutie to avenge see the notes on Num. 35 12. 〈◊〉 heart is hot inflamed with anger griefe and desire of revenge in such heat of minde the affections of men are overcaried to speake or doe that which is not meet So in Psal. 39. 4. Mine heart was 〈◊〉 within me because or as the Greeke translateth if the way belong Hebr. much in soule or in life that is mortally deadly which the Greeke translateth smite his soule and for smite the Chaldee saith kill So in vers 11. judgement that is guilt as the Chaldee explaines it that is hee was not worthy of death O◠judgement that is sentence of death by the Magistrate Vers. 8. all the land from the river of Egypt unto the great river the river Euphrates Gen. 15. 18. Verse 9. this commandement in Greeke these commandements This condition being legall and unpossible for man to fulfill had not therefore the accomplishment outwardly for the inlarging of their coast or for adding of three cities moe for ought that is knowne either by the Scriptures or Iewish records and is therefore to be referred unto Christ spiritually The Iewes themselves referre it unto Christs dayes but carnally as after followeth in his wayes the Greeke addeth in all his wayes the Chaldee in the wayes that are right before him adde three cities of this the Hebrewes say In the dayes of the King Christ they shall adde three other cities unto these sin Deut. 19. 9. And whence shall they adde them Of the cities of the Kenizites and the Kenites and the Kadmonites concerning whom a covenant was made with Abraham our father Gen. 15. 18 19. and hitherto they have not beene subdued and of them it is said in the Law If the Lord thy God inlarge thy coast Maim treat of Murder chap. 8. sect 4. And in another place the same man saith in treat of Kings chap. 11. sect 2. Of the cities of refuge he saith If the Lord thy God shall inlarge thy coast then thou shalt adde three cities moe c. But this thing hath never beene done and the holy blessed God hath not commanded it in vaine But the Law is not in vaine though it bee not literally fulfilled in all the precepts For what the Law could not doe in that it was weake through the flesh God hath done sending his owne Son c. Rom. 8. 3. by him wee have strong consolation who have fled for refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us Heb. 6. 18. Vers. 10. That innocent bloud be not or as the Greeke translateth And innocent bloud shall not be shed meaning the bloud of the unwilling man-slayer who is not worthy of death v. 6. and blouds be that is the guilt of bloudshed as the Chaldee expoundeth it the guilt of the judgement of murder The Greeke translateth and there shall not bee in thee a man guiltie of bloud Vers. 11. smite him in soule Greeke smite his soule that is as the Chaldee saith kill him as vers 6. Vers. 12. the Elders in Greeke the Senate thence from the citie of refuge yea or from the Altar of the Lord Exod. 21. 14. for a man that doth violence to the bloud of any person shall flee to the pi◠let no man stay him Prov. 28. 17. See more in the annotations on Num. 35. Vers. 13. put away innocent bloud that is as the Chaldee explaineth it him that shed innocent bloud and it shall goe well or that it may bee well with thee or and good shall be unto thee Vers. 14. limit or bound border land-marke whereby every mans inheritance in the land was limited A sinne great in all places Iob 24. 2. but greatest in the land of Israel Gods holy limit or border Psal. 78. 54. which was parted by lot of the Lord Num. 26. 53. 56. and figured the spirituall inheritance which the Saints have in the Church all the limits whereof are of pleasant stones Esay 54. 12. and whereof Canaan was a type as is noted on Gen. 12. 5. Therefore among the curses pronounced against the breakers of the Law this is the third Cursed bee he that removeth his neighbours land-marke or limit and all the people shall say Amen Deut. 27. 17. the first fathers Eleazar the Priest Iosua the son of Nun and the heads of the fathers of the tribes of the sonnes of Israel Ios. 14. 1. The word fathers I supply from Prov. 22. 28. where it is said Remove not the ancient limit which thy fathers have set and so the Greeke translateth here the limits which thy fathers have set in Chaldee the ancients in the land of Israel the holy land Zach. 2. 12. the Lords land Hos. 9. 3. where this sinne was sacrilegious The Hebrewes say Hee that removeth his neighbours land-marke and taketh of his neighbours limit into his owne
though it be but an inch if he doe it by force it is rapine and if he remove it in secret it is theft And if in the land of Israel hee remove the marke he transgresseth against two prohibitions against stealth or rapine and against Thou shalt not remove the limit Maimony treat of Theft ch 7. sect 11. Vers. 15. not rise up or not stand not be stablished as the word is Englished in the end of this verse and so the Greeke translateth shall not abide or continue The Hebrewes say They determine not any sentence of matters by the mouth of one witnesse neither money matters nor matters of life and death Deut. 19. 15. In two places the Law maketh one witnesse faithfull for the suspected wife that shee shall not drinke of the bitter waters Num. 5. and for the heifer that it shall not have the neck cut off Deut. 21. Maimony treat of Witnesses c. 5. s. 1 2. at the mouth The Chaldee expoundeth it at the word From hence the lewes gather that by law they may not receive witnesse either in money matters or in matters of life and death but from the mouth of the witnesses Deut. 19. 15. from their mouth and not from a writing of their hand But by the words of the Scribes they determine money matters by witnesse that is in a bill although the witnesses be not alive c. Maim treat of Witnesses c. 3. s. 4. a word or a thing a matter The Greeke translateth every word and so the Apostles alleage this place Matt. 18. 16. 2 Cor. 13. 1. which sheweth that this as many other like Scriptures are to be taken in the largest sense see Deut. 27. 26. be stablished or be confirmed stand as firme and true So our Saviour saith It is written in your law that the testimony of two men is true Iohn 8. 17. Vers. 16. unrighteous so the Greeke translateth the Hebrew phrase witnesse of unrighteousnesse or of violent wrong of injuriousnesse the Chaldee translateth false witnesse So in Exod. 23. 1. to testifie Hebr. to answer which is a generall word for all speaking or testifying as the Chaldee exponndeth it to testifie so in v. 18. See Exod. 20. 16. revolt or apostasie a falling or turning away from the Lord as Deut. 13. 5. The Greeke translateth it impiety Vers. 17. both the men or the two men that is the accuser and the accused So that one witnesse may cause a matter to be inquired into though no sentence may be given upon the testimony of one v. 15. and ch 17. v. 6. before Iehovah before his Arke or Sanctuary in the place which he shall chuse see Deut. 17. 8. 1 King 8. 31. before the priests the Greeke version addeth and before the Priests and before the Iudges See Deut. 17. 9. Vers. 18. make diligent inquisition or inquire well which the Greeke translateth acriboos that is exactly exquisitely or perfectly as Act. 23. 20. false the Greeke translateth this as before unrighteous or unjust testified Hebr. answered as in vers 16. Vers. 19. thought or presumed presumptuously devised and enterprised the Greeke translateth maliciously thought Of the originall word Zamam thought the Hebrewes call the false witnesse Zomem the thinker or presumer and say Who so witnesseth falsly and it bee knowne by witnesses that hee hath witnessed falsly this man is called gned Zomem the false witnesse and it is commanded to doe unto him as he would have done by his testimony unto his neighbour If they have testified falsly of a transgression for which men are guilty of stoning to death they are all to be stoned if of burning they are to be burnt and so for other deaths And if they testifie of crimes worthy beating every one of them is to bee beaten c. If they testifie of things for which money is to be paid they pay the money among them according to the number of witnesses every one shall give the portion that concerneth him c. This is meant of witnesses that are found false but two companies that contradict one another and so there is no testimony they doe not punish the one of them because it is not knowne which company speaketh falsly And what is the difference betweene contradiction and falshood Contradiction is in the testimony it selfe the one saying this thing was and the other saying this thing was not Falshood or forgery is for the testifiers themselves when the false witnesses cannot know whether the thing was done or not As witnesses that come and say We saw this man kill a person or be borrowed a pound of such a man such a day in such a place and after they have thus witnessed and are searched into there come two other and say On this day and in this place wee were with you and with these all the day and there never was such a thing this man killed him not or this man borrowed not of that man loe this is contradiction and all the like But if they say unto them as for us we know not whether this man killed that man on such a day in Ierusalem as you say or no but wee testifie that you your selves were with us on the same day in Babylon loe these are false witnesses or forgers and must be killed or make satisfaction for as much as the witnesses which make them forgers have no respect at all unto the testimony it selfe whether it be truth or falshood And if the first witnesses were an hundred persons there come two prove them forgers saying we testifie that you hundred all of you were with us such a day in such a place 〈◊〉 these are punished by the mouth of those two for two are as an hundred and an hundred as two And so in two companies of witnesses that contradict one another they goe not after the greatest number Maimony treat of Witnesses chap. 18. sect 1 2 3. As for witnesses that contradict one another such as are after found faulty though they be not put to death for testifying against a mans life yet are they chastised at the Iudges discretion Maimony ibidem sect 6. the evill that is as the Chaldee saith the evill doer See before on Deut. 17. 7. and 13. 11. Vers. 20. the residue that is all other shall heare and feare Therefore the Hebrewes say Proclamation was made concerning these forgers or false witnesses the Iudges wrote and sent into every citie that such and such men witnessed so and so and were found false and we killed them or they were beaten before us or we set such a fine or mulct upon them Maimony treat of Witnesses chap. 18. sect 17. Vers. 21. not spare or not pittie of this the Hebrewes hold that all hurts may be bought out with money except life for life thereof there may be no ransome Num. 35. 31. See the Annotations on Exod. 21. 25. soule or life to wit shall goe for life See Lev. 24. 17. 20. CHAP. XX. 1
unlawfull to marry a woman which is not a Proselyte If she be with childe by his first lying with her then the childe is a stranger and is not his sonne for any matter because he is of an heatheÌ„ mother c. If the beautifull woman will not leave her idolatry after twelve moneths they are to kill her and so the ciâ—iâ— that would make peace they may make no covenant with them till they renounce their idolatry and destroy all the places thereof and receive the other commandements which were commanded â—o the sonnes of Noe for every heathen that yeeldeth not to those commandements are to be killed if they be under our hand faith Maim in treat of Kings 〈◊〉 8. s. 5. 9. Vers. 13. raiment in Greeke the garments of her captivity to wit those wherein she was taken and shall put on mourning weeds which was another signe of her humiliation and meanes to withdraw the mans love from her if she continued in her unbeleefe remaine or sit in thine house where thou maist behold and observe her carriage a moneth of daies that is thirty daies an whole moneth This was in respect of her speciall case forementioned And whereas the Hebrewes speake of two moneths longer as is noted on vers 12 the reason thereof they elsewhere shew to be in regard of his lying with her left she should be with childe that so the seed of â—srael might be knowne from the heathens for by Exod 21. 4. it appeareth that a heathen bond-womans children were her masters and not counted the Israelites who begat them and by Ezr. 10. 3. 44. it is evident that not only the heathens wives but such also as were borne of them were put away The Hebrewes say Every woman that is divorced or is a widow she may not marry againe till she have tarriâ—d ninety daies besides the day of her divorce or of her husbands death to the end that it may be 〈◊〉 whether she be with childe or no and that thâ—â—e may be proofe whether it be the seed of her first husband or of her second A bond-woman that is 〈◊〉 free and an heathen woman that becommeth a 〈◊〉 thâ—y must tarry 90 daies And though is 〈◊〉 a heathen man his wife that become Proselytes they separate them ninety daies to distinguish the seed which is begotten in holy state from the seed which is not so begotten And so the beautifull captive although there is a law given her of 30. daies for the â—itting of her selfe she must tarry 90. daies for the fitting of her child Maimony in treat of Divorces ch 11. s. 18. 21. goe in to wit into the marriage chamber as â—udg 15. 1. and be her husband or marrie her and so 〈◊〉 with her as Dew â—4 〈◊〉 This might not be with an Infidell Deut. 7. 〈◊〉 See the Annotations there Vers. 14. If thou have no delight in her This see 〈…〉 be meant before marriage not after for that God allowed no such sending her away after marriage but if after he had oncâ— lyeâ— with her had humbled her as after he speakeâ—h the mans affections were withdrawne from her by beholding her in that deformity mournfull state within his house then God permitted this leaving her but with the cautions following whither she will Hebr. to her soule that is according to her owne will or desire The Greek translateth thou shalt send her away freeâ— fâ—lling thou shalt not sell that is not at all or shalt in 〈◊〉 case sell her as other captives might be and this recompence she had and the man sustained this losse for that hee had humbled her whereby God shewed compassion to this afflicted woman and his dislike of the mans lying with her before though for the hardnesse of mens hearts he suffered it so to be as Matth. 19. 8. make a gaine to thy selfe or serve thy selfe make her â—hy servant The Hebrew Hithgnammer is found onely here and in Deut. 24. 7. where the Greeke expresseth it by Katadunasteo which is to sub due or bring under ones power which word is used in like sense Acts 10. 38. and Iam. 2. 6. for such as were oppressed under the power of the devill and of rich men So that the man as hee might not sell this woman so neither make a servant of her to himselfe or others So the Hebrewes expound it If he sell her â—e transgresseth this prohibition Selling thou shalt not sell her c. And so if he subdue her after that she is lien with to be a bond-woman when he hath use of her service he transgresseth this prohibition Thou shalt not make a gaine to thy selfe by her for he may not serve himselfe by her Maimony treat of Kings ch 8. s. 6. humbled her or afflicted her This word being used for unlawfull copulations as in Gen. 34. 2. Deut. 22. 24 29. Iudg. 19. 24. 2 Sam. 13. 12 14. Ezek. 22. 10 11. Lam. 5. 11. sheweth also that God approved not of his fact and that this sending her away was not to be after marriage but after his first lying with her onely as is before noted Vers. 15. two wives which though it was contrary to Gods first institution Gen. 2. 22 23 24. and was begun by Kains posterity Gen. 4. 19. yet the corruption being spred over all and even in the Church God for a time suffered this untill the time of reformation but approved not of it as appeareth by Mal. 2. 15. Matth. 19. 4 5. And here provideth by his Law against troubles and confusion that might arise in families by such polygamy and another hated Hebr. and one hated but this word one in the latter branch of the sentence is used for another and is so explained by the Holy Ghost as where it is said in Matth. 24. 40. the one shall be taken and the one left another Evangelist expresseth it thus the one shall be taken and the other leâ—t Luk. 17. 36. And by hated understand lesse loved than the other for it is spoken by way of comparison as in Gen. 29. 31. Vers. 16. he maketh his sonnes to inherit or divideth the inheritance to his sonnes from which words the Hebrewes gather that The first-borne which is borne after his fathers death is not to have a double portion Maimony treat of Inheritances ch 2. s. 2. he may not or he cannot he shall not be able that is it is not lawfull for him make first-borne that is give the first birth-right which was a double portion As Ioseph had the first birth-right when a portion was given him above his brethren 1 Chr. 5. 1 2. Gen. 48. 5 22. before the son which the Greeke translateth despising the son Vers. 17. acknowledge in Chaldee separate to wit by His words and actions a double pâ—â—tion Hebr. the mouth that is the part of two which the Chaldee translateth two parts as the like phrase signifieth in Zach. 13. 8. By which Scriputre we may learne what this double
pâ—rtion was that if a man had two sonnes his goods were divided into three parts whereof the eldest had two parts and the youngest the third For the first-borne was to be reckoned as two sonnes as Ioseph who had the first birth-right 1 Chron. 5. 2 was two tribes Ephraim and Manasses The Hebrewes explaine it thus The first-borne is to receive a double portion of his fathers goods Deut. 21. 17. As if he leave five sonnes and one of them is the first-borne he is to have a third of his goods and every of the other foure receiveth a sixt part If he leave nine sonnes the first-borne hath a fiâ—t part and every of the other eight a tenth part And so according to this partition doe they part alwaies Maimony treat of Inheritances ch 2. s. 1. According to this phrase Eliseus desired a double portion of Elias spirit 2 Kin. 2. 9. that he might have so much more as any of his other disciples of all that is found his the word found ofâ—é signifieth things present as in Ge. 19. 15. 2 Chron. 5. 11. and 31. 1. So in this case by the Hebrewes judgement The first-borne had not a double portion of the goods which might come after his fathers death but of the goods which were assuredly his fathers come into his hand or power ss it is written OF ALL THAT IS FOVND HIS As one of the heires of his father that dieth after the death of his father the first-borne and the single brother doe inherit his goods alike And so if his father hath a debt owing him or hath a ship at sea they are heires of it alike Maim treat of Inheritanâ—â—â— ch 3. sect 1. It is also said found his he saith 〈◊〉 found hers and by the Hebrewes it is holden â—â—at The first-borne hath not a double portion of his mothers goods but the first-borne and another sonne that are heires to their mother doe share alike whether he be the first-borne for inheritance or the first that openeth the wombe The first-borne for inheritaâ—ce is â—e that is first-borne to his father as it is written in v. 17. THE BEGINNING OF HIS STRENGTH and they respect not the 〈…〉 er though she have borne many sonnes if he be 〈◊〉 fathers first-borne he hath a double portion He 〈◊〉 â—â—mmeth into the world after untimely births 〈◊〉 were before him is the first-borne for inheriâ—â—â—ce And so one borne at his fulltime if he be borne 〈◊〉 he that commeth after him is the first-borne 〈…〉 ritance If a man have sonnes while hee is an 〈…〉 en and after becommeth a proselyte he hath no 〈…〉 borne for inheritance But an Israelite that hath 〈…〉 by a bond-woman or by an heathen woman 〈…〉 ch as he is not called his sonne he that com 〈…〉 after him of an Israelitesse is the first-borne for 〈…〉 nce and hath a double portion Maim ibi 〈…〉 ch 2. s. 8 9 10 12. of his strength or of 〈…〉 our So Iakob said of Reuben his eldest 〈…〉 49. 3. The Greeke translateth of his children 〈…〉 this is the first reason of the Law from nature 〈…〉 e. the right Hebr. the judgement which 〈…〉 eeke explaineth thus the first birth-rights 〈…〉 or belong unto him And this may be un 〈…〉 ood in respect of the Iudgement or Law of 〈◊〉 Lâ—rd which is added unto the former reason 〈◊〉 nature and maketh the first-bornes right more firme unto him Wherefore as Esau before-hand sold his birth-right and the sale was confirmed Gen. 25. 33. so generally The first-borne that selleth the portion of the birth-right before it be parted his sale is firme because the portion is his before it is parted saith Maimony treat of Inheritance c. 3. s. 6. And by reason of this right of the first-borne his children after him do inherit also as this Hebrew canon sheweth Who so hath two sonnes a first-borne and another and they die both of them whiles he liveth and leave children behinde them the first-borne leaveth a daughter the single brother leaveth a sonne the sonne of the single brother shall inherit of the old mans goeds a third part which was his fathers portion the daughter of the first-borne shall inherit two thirds which was her fathers portion And such is the right of brethrens children and of the fathers brothers children and of all that doe inherit if the father of one of the heires were a first-borne the heire receiveth the portion of his first birth-right for him Maimony ibidem c. 2. s. 7. By this Law was fore-shadowed how the elect the Israel of God Gal. 6. 16. which are his first-borne Exod. 4. 22. and Church of the first-born which are written in heaven Heb. 12. 23. shall have a double portion and inherit the good things of God as they which have the promise of the life which now is and of that which is to come 1 Tim. 4. 8. and are the heires of God and joint-heires with Christ Rom. 8. 17. and being justified by his grace are made heires according to the hope of eternall life Tit. 3. 7. God having begotten them againe to an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled and that fadeth not away reserved in heaven for us 1 Pet. 1. 4. Vers. 18. stubborne or perverse revolting refractarie that turneth away from God and his Law and it implieth the affection of the heart as Ier. 5. 23. and the cariage and action as an untamed heiffer Hos. 4. 16. Neh. 9. 29. And so the Apostle translateth it into Greeke by two words disobedient or unperswaded and gaine-saying Rom. 10. 21. from Esay 65. 2. So here the Greeke expoundeth it disobedient rebellious The Hebrew Moreh signifieth one that changeth or turneth to the worse both in heart and action and in particular turneth from and opposeth the word of God as Deut. 1. 26. 43. and 9. 7 23 24. The Greeke here translateth it Contentious The instance of this rebellion is shewed in v. 20. obeieth not or â—earkeneth not the Chaldee translateth receiveth not the word chastened or nurtured which implieth both words and acts as by rebukes stripes and outward punishment Levit. 26. 23 28. and sometime by the hand of the Magistrate Deut. 22. 18. in which sense the Hebrews understand this here And having spoken before of words this therefore is meant of blowes also Vers. 19. and his mother both of them so that one alone was not enough to cause him to be put to death The Hebrew Doctors as they are alwaies warie in cases that concerne the taking away of any mans life so in this above others they set downe many and strange limitations as first they restraine it to those particular sinnes of gluttony and drunkennesse vers 20. and that gluttony to be eating of flesh onely and drunkennesse with wine onely Also that the sonne is not to be put to death unlesse hee have stollen somewhat from his father and bought therewith flesh and wine for riot and eaten and drunke it without his
fathers leave in a company that are all vaine and vile persons That a sonne onely not a daughter is to be put to death by this Law and hee not a little one or a childe who is not within the rule or compasse of the commandements not a man that is growne up and is in his owne power So that hee must be at least above twelve yeeres of age And if he be married three moneths and his wife be knowne to be with childe they free him also from this Law because it is said a sonne and not a father Moreover that the father and mother must bring this rebellious sonne first to the court of three Iudges and there complaine of his disobedience bringing with them two witnesses of his stealth and gluttony whereupon he is there beaten as others are for the like crime and this is that chastening in v. 18. If he fall againe to stealth and riot his father and mother bring him againe before the Magistrates with the witnesses and he is condemned to death But if before sentence is passed on him his father and mother doe relent in pitie towards him hee is let goe If he flee away before sentence is gone out against him and be afterward taken when hee is in mans state which they also judge by the haire on his face hee is not put to death but if hee scape away after sentence of condemnation he is stoned to death whensoever hee is taken If his father be willing to bring him to the Magistrate and the mother not or the mother willing and the father not he is not to be judged as a rebellious sonne If either parent have lost their hand or be lame or dumbe or blinde or deafe the sonne passeth not under this condemnation for it is said they must lay hold on him and bring him and must say this our sonne c. hee obeieth not our voice c. These and the like cautions are noted by Maimony in treat of Rebels chap. 7. and in the Bab. Thalmud in Sanhedrin ch 8. but they have not all of them found ground from the Scripture Howbeit if any sonne be by any of these exceptions saved that he die not as a rebellious sonne yet is he under all other punishments which the Magistrates inflict on other riotours and like malefactors the gate of his place that is the gate of the place where he dwelt at which gate the Magistrates used to sit Deut. 22. 15. and 25. 7. So the Chaldee here translateth the gate of the judgement-hall of his place Vers. 20. a glutton or riotour devourer in Hebrew Zolel which hath the signification of vilenesse Ier. 15. 19. The Chaldee addeth a glutton or riotous eater of flesh and a riotous drinker of wine which words seeme also to be understood in the Hebrew and are so expressed in Prov. 23. 20. Be not amongst riotous drinkers of wine amongst riotous eaters of flesh for the riotous drinker and the riotous eater or glutton shall come to poverty Where in the latter sentence the words flesh and wine are omitted as here they are in Moses And to these two flesh and wine the Hebrewes do restraine this law as before is noted but oft times such things are named for an instance and doe imply all other of like sort Vers. 21. and he shall die or that he die The sinnes of riot and drunkennesse were not by Moses Law punishable by death this therefore was in respect of his disobedience to his parents which greatly aggravated his sinne and for which hee was to die when other drunkards scaped with lighter punishment Hereupon Solomon uttered his parable He that keepeth the Law is a wise son but he that is a companion of gluttons shameth his father Prov. 28. 7. all Israel shall heare The like is spoken of the death of some other notorious malefactors as Deut. 13. 11. and 17. 13. and 19. 30. So in this case the Hebrewes say The rebellious sonne must be proclaimed and they publish by writings unto all Israel In such a Court wee stoned such an one because hee was a stubborne and rebellious sonne Maimony treat of Rebels chap. 7. sect 13. Vers. 22. worthy of death Hebr. of the judgement of death which the Chaldee well expoundeth desert of judgement to be killed and thou hang him The Hebrewes understand not this of putting him to death by hanging but of hanging a man up after hee was stoned to death which was done for more detestation of some hainous malefactors Their words are We are commanded to hang the blasphemer and the Idolater and a man is hanged but not a woman After they are stoned to death they fasten a peace of timber in the earth and out of it there commeth a peece of wood then they tie both his hands one to another and hang him neere unto the setting of the Sun and let him downe out of hand and if he abide all night it is a transgression Deut. 21. 23. And we are commanded to burie all that are killed by the Iudges the same day that they are killed They may not be hanged on a tree that groweth on the ground but on that which hath beene plucked up that there may not need any cutting of it downe for the tree that he is hanged on is to be buried with him that there be no evill memoriall of him for men to say this is the tree wheron such a man was hanged And so the stone wherewith the stoned is killed and the sword wherewith a man is put to death and the napkin wherwith he is strangled they all are buried Maimony in Sanhedrin ch 15. sect 6. c. In the Scripture we have examples of Rechab and Baanah who for murdering Ishbosheth were by Davids commandement slaine their hands and feet cut off and they hanged up 2 Sam. 4. 12. where their hanging seemeth to be after their death and so in others as Ios. 10. 26. which might also be the case of the King of Ai Ies. 8. 29. of those Idolaters in Num. 25. 4. And the Scripture sheweth a double punishment for some hainous sinnes as in Achans family who were burned with fire after they were stoned Ios. 7. 25. Among the Romans afterward they hanged or fastned them to the tree alive and such was the death of our Lord Christ who bare our 〈…〉 es in his owne bodie on the tree 1 Pet. 2. 24. Luke 23. 33 39. Vers. 23. burying in Greeke with buriall thou shall burie him that is in any wise burie him This was also sulfilled in our Saviours body which was buried the same day that he was hanged on tree Ioh. 19. 31 38 42. he that is hanged to wit on tree as Gal. 3. 13. This speech as many other of like sort is generall therefore the Greeke translateth every one that is hanged on tree and that interpretation the Apostle alleageth in Gal. 3. 13. the curse that is cursed as the A postle expoundeth it
usually is to be understood when the Hebrew nameth silver only see the notes on Gen. 20. 16. where also it is shewed what a shekel was An hundred shekels was the double dowrie of virgins see after in vers 29. unto the father and if she were fatherlesse then he gave them unto her selfe saith Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah chap. 3. sect 1. a virgin of Israel in Greeke a virgin an Israelitesse Hereupon the Hebrewes say that if she were an heathen that was become a Proselytesse or a bondwoman that had her freedome c. hee that brought forth an evill name upon her was free both from the mulct and from beating They have also other like exceptions which seeme not approveable as that if she were a girle under yeares or an ancient maid that had past the floure of her age though such maids for playing the whoreafter they were betrothed were to die yet the man that brought an evill name upon them was free from the mulct and from beating Maimony in Nagnarah chap. 3. sect 2. 8. he may not or he cannot send her away to wit by a bill of divorce as other men were permitted to put away their wives Deut. 24. 1. It is commanded by the Law that the woman upon whom hee hath brought an evill name should abide under him for ever Deut. 22. 19. and if he put her away he transgresseth against a prohibition HE MAY NOT PVT HER AWAY and hee is to bee compelled to take her againe And if another doe first betroth himselfe to her or if she die or if he be a priest who may not take a divorced woman Lev. 21. 7. then he is to bee beaten for putting her away Maimony in Nagnarah chap. 3. sect 4. As it was a greater sinne for a man to defame his wife than another person so the punishment is greater for they that defamed their neighbours were but beaten but hee that defamed his wife was beaten and amearsed and never suffered to put her away which was permitted to other men Deut. 24. 1. 2. Vers. 20. be truth so proved by certaine evidence or by witnesses as before is shewed and agreeable to the Law in Deut. 17. 4 5 6. For the Hebrewes acknowledge that those tokens might sometime be wanting in virgins and yet they not defiled and therefore the Iudges were to examine whether her progenitors wanted their fluors or she herselfe had not had some great sicknesse or other like accident whereby those signes might faile Maimony treat of Wives chap. 11. sect 12. Vers. 21. her fathers house that where the sinne was done there it might be punished follie in Chaldee ignominie which was not onely evill in her but a reproach to her father and scandall to the whole Church See the notes on Gen. 34. 7. where this phrase is first used whoredome in her fathers house and as the Hebrewes thinke under her betrothed husband for otherwise if her fault had beene done before she was betrothed and it were knowne she was not to die Exod. 22. 16 17. This which is said in Deut. 22. 20. IF THIS WORD BETRVTH she shall be killed is when she hath committed whoredome after the betrothing before witnesses but before the betrothing the Law hath already said of her that she is free from any thing and hee that lay with her is bound to make recompense with goods onely whether he had entised her or forced her Maim in Nagn bethulah c. 3. sect 12. If this punishment were for her whoredome before she was betrothed it sheweth Gods severitie against such as deceive their husbands in such sort and dishonoured their fathers house So a priests daughter playing the whore is said to prophane her father Levit. 21. 8. Vers. 22. they shall die in Greeke yee shall kill them both The manner of their death was either by stoning as may be gathered by Ioh. 8. 4 5. or as the Hebrewes say by strangling see the Annotations on Levit. 20. 10. Vers. 23. betrothed or espoused which was by mutuall promise in the presence of witnesses before mariage Matt. 1. 18. It might bee done in Israel as the Hebrewes write three wayes by a peece of money or by a writing or by copulation By a peece of money though it were but a farthing or the worth thereof and the man said be thou betrothed unto me or mine espoused wife by this and he gave it her before witnesses By Bill and then he wrote bee thou betrothed unto me or the like and he gave it her before witnesses and it must be written with her name in it and with her knowledge and consent else it was no betrothing By copulation and then hee said loe thou shalt be betrothed unto me by this copulation and so he was united unto her before two witnesses and after copulation she was his betrothed wife If he lay with her by way of fornication and not by the name of betrothing or if it were by themselves without witnesses it was no betrothing And hee might not lie with her the second time before they were maried And though the betrothing might bee any of these three waies yet usually it was by a peece of money and if they would they might doe it by writing but betrothing by copulation was forbidden by the wise men of Israel and who so did it was chastised with rods howbeit the betrothing stood in force And it was required that they should blesse God before the contract was made as is shewed at large by Maimony treat of Wives chap. 3. and 10. and Ios. Karo in Shulehan aruch treat or Espousals chap. 1. in the citie or towne or any place of resort of people where shee might cry out and bee reskued The citie is named for an instance because therein are store of people Vers. 24. she cried not as is presumed because she was in the citie and so consenting to the sinne she is gniltie of death The Hebrewes say Whosoever is lien with in the citie it is certainly presumed that she was intised because she cried not out unlesse witnesses doe testifie that she was forced as that the man drew a sword at her and said If thou crie I will kill thee Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah chap. 1. sect 2. humbled that is defiled as Gen. 34. 2. neighbours wife so shee is called after her betrothing as here so in Gen. 29. 21. Matt. 1. 20. Vers. 25. in the field or any solitary place where if she crie she cannot be heard opposed to the citie in vers 23. take strong hold on her or as the Greeke translateth force her Vers. 26. thou shalt not in Greeke yee shall not speaking to Israel any thing Hebr. a word sinne of death that is sinne worthy of death killeth him in soule that is so as that hee taketh away his soule or life In Greeke killeth his soule this matter Heb. this word Vers. 27. cried out as is presumed in charitie unlesse the contrary be proved as vers 24. Whosoever is
commandement of God which he tolerated onely for the hardnesse of their hearts and shewed the woman to be defiled by her second mariage after her first unjust divorce not cause the land to sinne or not suffer the land to sinne which may be understood that by their example others should not bee occasioned to doe the like or that by the Magistrates neglect of punishing this evill others bee not emboldened Or rather that the land be not in sinne that is punishable for this sin which extendeth not onely to the persons that doe it but to all the people that suffer it as there bee examples of the like in other cases as Ios. 7. and 22. 17 20. Therefore the Prophet alleaging this Law saith that the land should bee greatly polluted Ier. 3. 1. and so the Greeke version here in stead of sin saith ye shall not defile the lād This Law is figuratively applyed in the practise of it unto God and his Church unto whom he was an husband Ier. 31. 32. and unto whom in time he did give a bill of divorcement but for her adultery Ier. 3. 8. not upon displeasure without her due merit as the Israelites often did to their wives for such a bill of divorce they could not shew but for her transgressions she was put away Esay 50. 1. And though by this Law a woman put away and becomming another mans might not returne to her first husband againe yet God who is above his Law offereth his Church after her many adulteries to returne againe unto him by repentance and faith Ier. 3. 1. Hos. 2. 2. 1. 9. and 3. 1 5. The Apostle also applieth this Allegory to the Churches estate under the Law and under the Gospel of Christ Rom. 7. 1 2 3 c. Vers. 5. in the armie unto the war as the Greeke translateth In Deut. 20. a law was given for such as were betrothed and not married had planted vineyards or built houses and not eaten of or dwelt in them the Hebrewes understand those two also in this law saying Hee that hath builded a house and dedicated it and he that maried his betrothed wife or his brothers wife Deut. 25. 6. and hee that hath made his vineyard common these goe not out to war till the yeare be ended Maimony tom 4. treat of Kings chap. 7. sect 10. any thing or ought of any thing that is of any charge or businesse concerning warres or the like Therefore whereas such as had not maried their spouses nor dedicated their houses nor made common their vineyards when they were sent backe from the armie were to provide victuals and prepare the waies for the army as is noted on Deut. 20. 7. they were all this first yeare free from these other the like charges as the Hebrewes say These goe not out to the warre neither are they charged with any thing in the world Deut. 24. 5. By word of mouth wee have beene taught that he shall be free a yeare both for the house that he hath dedicated and for the wife that he hath maried and for the vineyard whose fruit he hath begun to eat of All the yeare long hee neither provideth victualls nor prepareth the way nor watcheth on the walls nor giveth to the tributes of the citie neither may any thing in the world passe upon him Maim treat of Kings ch 7. s. 10 11. passe upon him that is as the Greeke explaineth it he laid upon him free that is exempted from all publike labours and charges In the wars that King Asa made with Baasa none was free 1 King 15. 22. where may be understood none save such as Gods Law did exempt or not they neither because of the great necessity of helpe rejoyce with his wife By this Law God shewed how much hee approved of holy wedlocke as by the former he shewed his hatred of unjust divorces when to encourage the newly maried against the cumbrances which that estate bringeth with it and to settle their love each to other he exempted those men from all wars cares and expences that they might the more comfortably provide for their own estate Vers. 6. A man shall not take Hebr. He shall not take this is to be understood of any man therefore the Greeke and Chaldee change the person to make the sense plainer Thou shalt not take speaking to every man as after Moses also speaketh in vers 17. nether milstone elsewhere this word Rechajim signifieth both milstones or the mill in generall Exod. 11. 5. Here by reason the upper milstone is after mentioned the nether stone is specially meant And under these particulars all other of like necessary use for mans life are forbidden to be taken to pledge The Hebrewes say Hee that lendeth to his neighbour c. may not take to pledge vessells or instruments wherewith they make ready meat for the life as milstones or the woodden mill or pots which they boyle meat in or butchers knives or the like things Deut. 24. 6. and if hee take such to pledge he must be forced to restore and if the pawne be lost or burnt before hee doe restore it he is to be beaten Maimony tom 4. treat of the Lender and Borrower chap. 3. sect 2. the upper milstone called Recheb a charret because of the running thereof upon the nether stone From hence they say He that taketh to pledge many instruments which are for food c. is guilty for every instrument or vessell by it selfe though they be two instruments wherewith they doe one worke as the nether milstone and the upper he is guilty for them by the name of two instruments and for them twaine hee is to bee twise beaten Maimony ibid. chap. 3. sect 3. See after in v. 11. 12. 17. the soule that is the life of the soule or body meaning the instruments of his livelihood and as Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it the necessities of the soule or life The Chaldee paraphraseth thus for by them is made ready meat for every soule Thus the milstones are named but for an instance forbidding all other of like sort Vers. 7. a soule that is any person man woman or childe of Israel This the Hebrewes take as a limitation to Israel and the Proselytes thereof and for stealing Infidels they hold hee was but to make restitution Maim tom 4. treat of Theft chap. 2. sect 1. and chap. 9. sect 6. maketh gaine or serveth himselfe the Greeke translateth and bringing him under his power selleth him See this word used in Deut. 21. 14. and selleth him The Hebrewes joyne this to the former without which they thinke the theefe was not to dye A theefe is not guilty of death untill hee steale an Israelite and get him into his power and serveth himselfe of him and selleth him to others Deut. 24. 7. If he steale him and serve himselfe with him and doe not sell him or doe sell him before he hath served himselfe by him he is free from death
and all other like things Particularly it may be applied to Gods counsell concerning the Israelites in punishing and casting them off for their sinnes and afterward calling a remnant of them which the Apostle treating of in Rom. 11. saith O the depth of the riches both of the wisdome and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are his judgments and his waies past finding out Rom. 11. 33. The Hebrew Nistaroth here used sometime meaneth secret sinnes as Psal. 19. 13. Vnto which some of the Hebrewes referre this speech that secret sinnes God will punish but open sinnes are for men to punish Chazkuni on Deut. 29. so Ionathan in Thargum explaineth it Hidden sinnes are manifest before the Lord our God and hee will take vengeance on them c. and the things revealed or but open or manifest things belong to us and to our sonnes upon which last words the Hebrew text hath extraordinary pricks to stir up attention to the matter here spoken as it is indeed worthy of all observation for it teacheth the continuall duty of Gods people in all ages to learne his law to doe the same and to have care that true religion may bee continued among their posterity The Hebrewes say Every man of Israel is bound to learne the Law be he poore or rich be he in health of body or under chastisements be he young or old and decrepit though he be so poore that he lives on almes yea though he have wife and children he is bound to set himselfe a time to leanne the Law by day and by night as it is said and thou shalt meditate therein day and night The great wise men of Israel some of them were hewers of wood and some drawers of water and some blinde notwithstanding they imployeth themselves in learning the Law day night How is a man bound to learne the law Vntill the day of his death as it is said and lest they depart from thine heart all the daies of thy life Deut. 4. 9. and all the while that he imployeth not himselfe in learning he forgetteth Maimony in Thalmud Torah chap. 1. sect 8 9 10. CHAP. XXX 1 Great mercies promised to the repentant sinners 11 The commandement is manifest and wordneere 15 Life and death are set before them with an exhortation to chuse life ANd it shall be when all these things are come upon thee the blessing and the curse which I have set before thee and thou shalt cause them to returne unto thine heart in all the nations whither Iehovah thy God hath driven thee And thou returne unto Iehovah thy God and shalt hearken to his voice according to all that I command thee this day thou and thy sonnes with all thine heart and with all thy soule Then Iehovah thy God will returne thy Captivity and have compassion upon thee and will returne gather thee from all the peoples whither Iehovah thy God hath scattered thee If any of thine bee driven out unto the outmost part of the heavens from thence will Iehovah thy God gather thee from thence will he take thee And Iehovah thy God will bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed and thou shalt possesse it and hee will doe thee good and multiply thee above thy fathers And Iehovah thy God will circumcise thine heart and the heart of thy seed to love Iehovah thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule that thou maiest live And Iehovah thy God will put all these curses upon thine enemies and upon thy haters which persecuted thee And thou shalt returne and hearken to the voice of Iehovah and do all his commandemēts which I command thee this day And Iehovah thy God will make thee plenteous in every worke of thine hand in the fruit of thy wombe and in the fruit of thy cattell and in the fruit of thy land for good for Iehovah will returne to rejoyce over thee for good as hee rejoyced over thy fathers If thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God to keepe his commandements his statutes that which is written in this booke of the law if thou shalt returne unto Iehovah thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule For this commandement which I command thee this day it is not hidden from thee neither is it far off It is not in the heavens to say Who shall goe up for us to the heavens and take it for us and cause us to heare it that wee may doe it Neither is it beyond the sea to say Who shall goe over to beyond sea for us and take it for us and cause us to heare it that wee may doe it But the word is very nigh unto thee in thy mouth and in thy heart to doe it See I have set before thee this day life and good death and evill In that I command thee this day to love Iehovah thy God to walke in his waies and to keepe his commandements and his statutes and his judgments that thou maist live multiply and Iehovah thy God may blesse thee in the Land whither thou goest in to possesse it But if thine heart turne away and thou wilt not heare but shalt be drawne away and bow downe thy selfe to other gods and serve them I denounce unto you this day that perishing yee shall perish yee shall not prolong your daies upon the land which thou art passing over Iordan to goe in thither to possesse it I take the heavens and the earth to witnesse against you this day life and death I have set before thee the blessing and the curse therefore chuse thou life that thou maist live thou and thy seed To love Iehovah thy God to hearken to his voice and to cleave unto him for hee is thy life and the length of thy daies to dwell upon the land which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers to Abraham to Isaac and to Iakob to give unto them Annotations THese things Hebr. these words that is things before spoken of Here follow promises of grace in Christ to repentant and beleeving sinners the blessing that is as the Chaldee explaineth it the blessings and the curses After the experiment of the Law and weakenesse thereof that it cannot keepe men in the state of blessednesse nor deliver them from the curse they are as by a Schoolemaster brought unto Christ Gal. 3. 24. Rom. 8. 3 4. have set Hebr. have given So in v. 15. and 19. cause them to returne or reduce bring againe to thine heart that is call to minde consider seriously So in Deut. 4. 39. This is the beginning of repentance and turning to the Lord by calling to minde their sinnes and Gods words and workes as in 1 King 8. 46 47. If they sinne against thee c. and thou bee angry with them and deliver them to the enemy c. If they shall make it returne to their heart in the land whither they were caried captives and returne and make supplication unto
this song for you and teach it the sonnes of Israel put it in their mouthes that this song may be a witnesse for mee against the sonnes of Israel For I will bring them into the land which I sware unto their fathers that floweth with milke and honey and they shall eat and be filled and be fat and they will turne unto other gods and serve them and despightfully provoke me and breake my covenant And it shall be when many evils and distresses have found them that this song shall answer before them for a witnesse for it shall not be forgotten out of the mouth of their seed for I know their imagination which they doe this day before I have brought them in unto the land which I sware And Moses wrought this song in that day and taught it the sonnes of Israel And he charged Ioshua the sonne of Nun and said Be strong and couragious for thou shalt bring in the sonnes of Israel unto the land which I sware unto them and I will be with thee And it was when Moses had made an end of writing the words of this Law in a booke untill they were finished That Moses commanded the Levites which bare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah saying Take this booke of the Law and put it in the side of the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah your God that it may be there for a witnesse against thee For I know thy rebellion and thy stiffe necke Behold while I am yet alive with you this day yee have beene rebellious against Iehovah and how much more after my death Gather together unto mee all the Elders of your Tribes and your Officers that I may speake in their eares these words and call the heavens and the earth to witnesse against them For I know that after my death corrupting yee will corrupt your selves and will turne aside from the way which I have commanded you and evill will befall you in the latter daies because yee will doe evill in the eyes of Iehovah to provoke him to anger through the worke of your hands And Moses spake in the eares of all the Church of Israel the words of this song untill they were ended Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the two and fiftieth Section or Lecture of the Law See the notes on Gen. 6. 9. And here Moses setteth the state of Israel in order before his death OLd Hebr. sonne of an hundred and twenty yeeres of which phrase see Gen. 5. 32. So long while Noe preached to the world building the Arke Gen. 6. 3 14. 1 Pet. 3. 19 20. Of these 120. yeeres Moses lived 40. in Pharaohs court in Egypt Acts 7. 20 23. forty in the land of Madian Acts 7. 29 30. Exod. 7. 7. and 40. yeeres he governed Israel I can no more goe out that is no more administer in my office see the Annotations on Num. 27. 17. This inability of Moses was not so much for his age for his eye was not dim nor his naturall moisture fled Deut. 34. 7. as for the ordinance of God next mentioned and Iehovah or for Iehovah hath said as is shewed in Num. 20. 12. Deut. 3. 25 26. And is often in stead of For as is noted on Gen. 12. 19. Or it may be taken as another reason why Moses might no longer governe them Vers. 3. Ioshua in Greeke Iesus who was substitute in Moses place Num. 27. 16 17 18. c. A figure of our Lord Iesus who by grace and truth bringeth us into Gods eternall rest after the ending of Moses Law Iohn 1. 17. Rom. 10. 4. Thus the people are comforted in respect of their sorrow for Moses death by promise of the Lords presence among them and Ioshuahs succeeding government under him Vers. 4. of the Amorite that is of the Amorites as the Greeke translateth by whose destruction before mentioned in Numb 21. 23. c. Deut. 2. and 3. Israel is encouraged against their other enemies the land that is the people of the land Vers. 5. commanded you which was to root them out and let none remaine Deut. 20. 16 17. Vers. 6. Be ye strong or Be confirmed Hold fast to wit your faith in God in Greeke Quit you like men which word Paul useth in 1 Cor. 16. 13. So after in vers 7. couragious or be hardy strong valiant in heart and carriage This word is applied to the heart in Psal. 27. 14. and armes in Prov. 31. 17. and signifieth an increase and stedfastnesse Prov. 24. 5. Ruth 1. 18. The like exhortation is often used as Ios. 10. 25. 1 Chron. 22. 13. 2 Chron. 32. 7. hee it is in Chaldee his Word it is So in vers 8. faile thee or let thee goe leave thee to thy selfe but will hold thee fast So vers 8. and Ios. 1. 5. Heb. 13. 5. Vers. 7. strong and couragious or confirmed and strong as vers 6. Iosua being to beare the charge and toile of the people hath the same exhortation and promise in particular that was before unto all and it was in the eyes of all lest any after Moses death should deny his authority A like speech Davide made to Salomon 1 Chron. 28. 20. Vers. 8. he will be with thee the Chaldee paraphraseth his Word will be thy helpe Vers. 9. this Law in Greeke all the words of this Law in a booke which bare the Arke they had the chiefe charge to looke to the Arke and other holy things and though the Levites bare it as appeareth by Num. 3. 31. and 4. 15. and 10. 21. yet sometime the Priests themselves also bare it as when they passed over Iordan Ios. 3. 6 17. when they compassed Iericho Ios. 6. 12. So after in v. 25. Moses spake to the Levites the Elders the Magistrates as the Priests by teaching so the Elders by governing are to look that the Law of the Lord be observed Mal. 2. 7. Hos. 4. 6. Mich. 3. 1. 2 Chron. 19. 6 8 9 10. Vers. 10. of seven yeeres that is of every seventh yeere which was a yeere of release Deu. 15. 1. the solemnity or the set time as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it the time release of debts Deut. 15. 1 2 c. that being freed from worldly cares they might apply their mindes to Gods Law A figure of the yeere of grace and remission of our debts by Christ whereupon wee should give our selves to holinesse Luke 4. 18 19 21. Rom. 6. 10 11 12 13. Boothes or Tabernacles whereof see Lev. 23. Vers. 11. which he shall chuse to set his Arke and Tabernacle and so to place his name there Deut. 16. 2. thou shalt reade speaking to Israel generally and it was performed in speciall by the chiefest of them either the high Priest as Ezra the chiefe of them that returned from Babylon read it Nehem. 8. 1 2 3 c. or as the Hebrewes say the King himselfe when they had a King used to reade For this Commandement was to Ioshua
48. in that selfe same day Hebr. in the body or strength of this day See this phrase in Gen. 7. 13. and 17. 23. Vers. 49. Nebo the performance of this commandement see in Deut. 34. 1. c. See also Num. 27. 12. Vers. 50. unto thy peoples thy godly forefathers in Greeke thy people See the Annotations on Gen. 25. 8. mount Hor whereof see Numb 20. 23. c. Vers. 51. trespassed in Greeke disobeyed my word Of this trespasse see Num. 20. 10 11 12. Here Moses at his death maketh a commemoration of his sinne for an acknowledgment of Gods justice against him and a warning to all people not to disobey by his example Meribah or contention of Cadesh so the Greeke translateth it contradiction Vers. 52. before thee or over against thee that is a farre off for so this phrase often signifieth as is noted on Numb 2. 2. So that may be said here of Moses which Paul speaketh of the godly fathers These all dyed in faith not having received the promises but having seene them afar off and were perswaded of them and saluted them c. Heb. 11. 13. CHAP. XXXIII 1 Moses blessing Israel before his death sheweth the Majesty of God and his love to the people in giving them his Law and guiding them thorow the wildernesse 6 The blessing of Reuben 7 Of Iudah 8 Of Levi 12 Of Benjamin 13 Of Ioseph 18 Of Zabulon and Issachar 20 Of Gad 22 Of Dan 23 Of Naphtali 24 and of Aser 26 The excellencie of God and of Israel under his protection who should dwell in a fruitfull land and through his helpe subdue their enemies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd this is the blessing wherewith Moses the man of God blessed the sons of Israel before his death And hee said Iehovah came from Sinai and rose up from Seir unto them hee shined forth from mount Pharan and hee came with ten thousands of Saints from his right hand the fire of the Law for them Yea the lover of the peoples all his Saints are in thine hand and they sate downe at thy feet every one shall receive of thy words Moses commanded us a Law the inheritance of the Church of Iakob And hee was in Ieshurun a King when the heads of the people gathered themselves together the tribes of Israel Let Reuben live and not die and his men be a number And this is the blessing of Iudah and he said Heare Iehovah the voice of Iudah and unto his people bring thou him his hands be enough for him and an helpe from his distressers be thou And of Levi he said Thy Thummim and thy Vrim with the man thy gracious saint whom thou temptedst in Massah contendedst with him at the waters of Meribah Who said of his father and of his mother I respect him not and his brethen hee acknowledgeth not and his sonnes he knoweth not for they observe thy saying and keepe thy Covenant They shall teach thy judgments unto Iakob and thy Law unto Israel they shall put incense in thy nostrill and the whole burnt-sacrifice upon thine Altar Blesse O Iehovah his power and the worke of his hands favourably accept thou smite thorow the loines of them that rise against him and of them that hate him that they rise not againe Of Benjamin he said The beloved of Iehovah shall dwell in confident safety by him he shall cover him all the day and betweene his shoulders he shall dwell And of Ioseph hee said Blessed of Iehovah be his land for the precious things of the heavens for the dew and for the deepe that coucheth beneath And for the precious things the revenues of the Sunne and for the precious things the thrusting forth of the Moons And for the chiefe things of the ancient mountaines and for the precious things of the everlasting hills And for the precious things of the earth and the plenty thereof and the favourable acceptation of him that dwelt in the bramble-bush let it come on the head of Ioseph and on the crowne of the head of the separated among his brethren His glory be like the firstling of his bullock and his hornes the hornes of an Vnicorne with them he shall push the peoples together to the ends of the land and they are the ten thousands of Ephraim and they are the thousands of Manasses And of Zabulon he said Rejoyce Zabulon in thy going out and Issachar in thy tents They shall call the peoples to the mountaine there they shall sacrifice the sacrifices of Iustice 19 for they shall suck the abundance of the seas and treasures hid in the sand And of Gad he said Blessed be he that enlargeth Gad as a couragious Lyon he dwelleth and teareth the arme with the crowne of the head And he provided the first part for him because there in a portion of the Law-giver was he protected and he came with the heads of the people he did the justice of Iehovah and his judgments with Israel And of Dan he said Dan is a renting Lions whelpe he shall leap from Bashan And of Naphtali he said Naphtali satisfied with favourable acceptation and full with the blessing of Iehovah possesse thou the Sea and the South And of Aser he said Blessed with sons be Aser let him be favourably accepted of his brethren and dipping his foot in oyle Iron and brasse thy shooes and as thy dayes thy strength There is none like God Ieshurun who rideth upon the heavens for thy helpe and in his excellency on the skies The God of antiquity is thy mansion and underneath are the armes of eternity and he will thrust out the enemy from before thee and will say destroy And Israel shall dwell in confident safety alone the fountaine of Iacob upon a land of corne and new wine also his heavens shall drop down deaw O happy art thou Israel who is like thee ô people Saved by Iehovah the sheild of thy helpe and whose sword is thy excellency and thine enemies shall falsly deny unto thee and thou shalt tread upon their high places Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the 54. and last Section or Lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. THe man of God which the Chaldee expoundeth the Prophet of the Lord. So Samuel is called a man of God 1 Sam. 9. 6 7. and in v. 9. hee is also called a Seer and this is added he that is now called a Prophet was before time called a Seer So these three names are one though a man of God is so named in respect of his divine calling to the ministerie wherefore the minister of the New Testament is also called a man of God 1 Tim. 6. 11. 2 Tim. 3. 17. a Seer is in respect of the Visions which they saw Esay 1. 1. and a Prophet for uttering the things seene and taught of God See Gen. 20. 7. Exod. 7. 1. Vers. 2. from Sinai or as the Greeke translateth it unto Sinai for the Hebrew Min which usually
her husband so long as hee liveth but if the husband be dead she is loosed from the law of the husband So we also are become dead to the Law by the body of Christ that we should be to another even to him who is raised from the dead Rom. 7. 1 2 4. Therfore upon this death of Moses God speaketh unto Israel to go over Iordan into the Land Ios. 1. according to the mouth in Greeke and Ghaldee by the word The day of his death by the Iewes tradition was the seventh of Adar which we call February so Ionathan in his Thargum on this place saith On the seventh day of the moneth of Adar Moses the Master of Israel was borne and on the seventh day of the moneth of Adar he was taken out of the world Vers. 6. he buried him that is Iehovah buried him or Michael that is Christ who is Iehovah one with the Father Iude vers 9. Signifying that none but Christ should abolish the Law and Ordinances given by Moses Rom. 8. 3. Gal. 3. 13 14. Coloss. 2. 14 16 17. Heb. 9. 9 10 11 c. and 10. 1 9. And this was a speciall honour unto Moses person whom the Lord loved when he was dead and buried his corps which we finde not done to any man else in the world which he will also raise up incorruptible and glorious at the day of his appearing in a valley he died in the mountaine Deut. 32. 50. but was buried in a valley over against Beth-Pehor the Greeke saith neere to the house of Phogor of which place see Deut. 3. 28. no man knoweth God would not have Moses Sepulchre to be knowne though the devill contended with him hereabout Iude vers 9. because there should be no occasion of superstition or idolatry thereby as is thought of some Chazkuni saith that none which inquire of the dead as Deut. 18. 11. might seeke unto him The chiefe cause seemeth to be a mysterie that the Law whereof Moses was the minister being once dead and abrogated by Christ should never more be sought after but quite abolished out of the conscience of sinners that the grace of Christ may live raigne alone See Gal. 4. 9 10 11. and 5. 4. Also that the legall rudiments should by the comming of the Gospell be taken away from Israel never to be found or enjoyed by them any more For Christ destroyed both their Citie and Sanctuary as was foretold in Dan. 9. and they have been many daies without a King and without a Prince and without a sacrifice and without an image and without an Ephod and without Teraphim and so shall be untill they returne and seeke the Lord their God and the sonne of David their King Hos. 3. 4 5. Vers. 7. yeeres old Hebr. sonne of 120. yeeres so the yeere of his death fell out in the 2553. yeere of the world and his yeeres accord with Noes preaching and preparing of the Arke Genes 6. 3. his eye in Greeke his eyes his eye-sight failed him not as did Isaaks Gen. 27. 1. The eye is also used for the outward appearance and colour of a thing as Exod. 10. 5. Numb 11. 7. so it may be meant here also his visage was not wrinkled Chazkuni here expoundeth it the shining of his face mentioned in Ex. 34. 30. his naturall moisture his radicall humour wherein the life and strength of the body consisteth which when it is spent and dried up a man dieth The Greeke translateth his lips were not corrupted the Chaldee saith the brightnesse of the glory of his face was not changed having reference to Exod. 34. 30 c. sled that is departed from him Thus outwardly and inwardly Moses retained his vigour beauty and naturall strength that he died not through feeblenesse or defect of nature as most men did at his age though he had beene a man of sorrowes and broken with many cares for the people And hereby the continuall force of the Law is signified the power wherof decaieth not in the conscience of sinners by number of daies or multitude of workes till God take it away and abolish it by grace in Christ. The Law hath dominion over a man as long as he liveth whiles we are in the flesh the passions of sinnes which are by the Law do worke in our members to bring forth fruit unto death Rom. 7. 1 5. Vers. 8. the plaines of Moab in Greeke Araboth Moab by Iordan over against Iericho as v. 1. thirty daies so long they mourned also for Aaron see Num. 20. 28. Vers. 9. Iosua in Greeke Iesus the sonne of Nave of wisdome in Greek of understanding the spirit of wisdome meaneth wisdome ministred by the spirit of God wherein he was a figure of Iesus Christ who being full of the holy Spirit entred upon the worke of his ministration here on earth Luke 4. 1 c. On him the spirit of the Lord rested the spirit of wisedome and understanding the spirit of counsell and might the spirit of knowledge and of the feare of the Lord Esa. 11. 2. laid or imposed his hands upon him of this see Numb 27. 18 23. As Moses by imposition of hands authorized Iesus the sonne of Nun and bare record unto him so the Law of Moses which was in the heart and bowels of Iesus the sonne of God gave authority and bare record unto him Heb. 7. Acts 26. 22 23. Moses himselfe appeared talking with Iesus and speaking of his decease which he should accomplish at Ierusalem Luke 9. 30 31. hearkened unto him that is obeyed him as after also they promised in Ios. 1. 16. 17 18. See the notes on Num. 27. 20. Vers. 10. knew face to face the Chaldee saith was revealed unto him face to face So in Exod. 33. 11. it is said Iehovah spake unto Moses face to face as a man speaketh unto his friend and in Num. 12. 8. he said with him will I speake mouth to mouth See the Annotations there Vers. 12. the mighty hand that is workes wrought with a mighty hand and powerfull government and administration according to that which is said Humble your selves therefore under the mighty hand of God c. 1 Pet. 5. 6. great terrour that is workes done with great terrour which the Greeke translateth great marvels the Chaldee great visions These things doe magnifie Moses office and administration that the Lawes which he hath written confirmed by such signes and wonders might be acknowledged to be of God wherefore he and his writings are worthily celebrated thorowout the world confirmed of God himselfe Numb 12. 7 8. approved and expounded by all the Prophets after him by Christ himselfe and his Apostles so that they which heare not him will not be perswaded though one rose from the dead Luk. 16. 31. But unto us God hath raised up a Prophet like unto Moses as he promised Deu. 18. 18. Act. 3. 21. even Iesus the sonne of the Most high a man approved of God among
20. with his next friend or his neighbour his friend with whom he is associate Sometime this word is used for a speciall friend 2 Sam. 13. 3. Psal. 35. 14. Prov. 17. 17. but often generally for a neighbour or next as the new Testament translateth it in Greeke Mat. 19. 19. from Levit. 19. 18. And who is our neighbour our Lord teacheth us Luke 10. 29 36. with lip of flatteries that is smooth deceitfull speeches as the Greeke translateth deceitfull lips a lip being sometime put for a speech or language Gen. 11. 1. Of such deceivers that had taught their tongues to speake lies Ieremy also complaineth Chap. 9. vers 4 5. a heart and a heart that is a double heart and deceitfull So stone and stone Ephah and Ephah Deut. 23. 13. 14. meaning double and deceitfull weights and measures The men of Zabulun are commended for that they were not thus of a heart and a heart 1 Chron. 12. 33. The Greeke translateth with a heart and a heart he speaketh evill things Vers. 5. our lips are with us or are ours that is we have skill power and liberty to speake who shall controll us Vers. 6. I will rise up the Chaldee addeth will rise up to judgement set in salvation that is deliver out of all misery and safely settle in health and prosperous estate he shall have breathing or he meaning God will give breathing or respiration to him that is to every poore man as after in vers 8. or hee will breath out that is speake plainly to him The Greeke changing the person translateth parrhesiásomai that is I will speake plainly with him So it noteth the bold assured comfort which God by promise giveth to the afflicted whose faithfull word is therefore commended in the verse following This word sometime is used for plaine and confident breathing out or uttering of the truth Habak 2. 3. Prov. 12. 17. Or we may understand it of the wicked thus I will set in salvation him whom he puffeth at that is whom the wicked boldly defieth as this word was used before Psal. 10. 5. or whom he hath insâ—ared The Chaldee expoundeth it I will appoint salvation for my people but against the wicked I will testifie evill Vers. 7. The sayings or the words promises tried examined fined as in fire The like praise of Gods pure word is in Psalm 18. 31. and 119. 140. Prov. 30. 5. a subliming furnace of earth This furnace called Ghnalil a sublimatorie of subliming or causing to ascend upward is the best and choisest vessell for trying and subliming of metall called therefore in Greeke Dokimion a Triall And the Apostle hath the like word for a Triall of faith better than gold 1 Pet. 1. 7. seven times or seven fold that is many times fully and sufficiently Seven is a perfect number used for many 1 Sam. 2. 5. Prov. 24. 16. and 26. 25. Vers. 8. preserve him that is every one of them so before in the end of the sixt verse and often in the Scripture like sudden change of number may be observed It may also be read prayer-wise keepe them preserve him The Greeke changeth person also saying wilt keepe us and preserve us from this generation that is from the men of this generation as when Christ said Whereto shall I liken this generation Mat. 11. 16. he meant Whereto shall I liken the men of this generation Luke 7. 31. The like may be seene in Mat. 12. 42. compared with Luke 11. 31. The originall word Dor that is generation race or age hath the signification of durance or durable dwelling and abiding Psal. 84. 11. and so noteth the whole age or time that a man dureth in this world Eccles. 1. 4. and so consequently for a multitude of men that live together in any age as here and Deut. 1. 35. and in many other places Vers. 9. vilenesse or vile luxuriousnesse riotize The word Zulluth here used is derived from Zolel that is a rioter glutton or luxurious person Deut. 21. 20. Prov. 23. 21. and consequently one vile contemptible and nought worth opposed unto the precious Ier. 15. 19. And here vilenesse or riotize may either be meant of the vice it selfe or of vicious doctrine opposed to Gods precious word before spoken of vers 7. or a vile and riotous person may so be called for more vehemencie sake as Pride for the proud man Psalm 36. 12. The Greeke translateth thus according to thine highnesse thou hast much increased or made abundant the sons of men The Chaldee thus the wicked walke round about as an horsleech that sucketh the bloud of the sonnes of men PSAL. XIII David complaineth of delay in helpe 4 prayeth for mercy 6 and glorieth therein To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David HOw long Iehovah wilt thou forget me for ever how long wilt thou hide thy face from me How long shal I set counsels in my soule sorrow in my heart by day how long shall my enemie be exalted above me Behold answer thou me Iehovah my God lighten thou mine eyes lest I sleepe the death Lest my enemy say I have prevailed against him my distressers be glad when I am moved But I in thy mercy doe I trust my heart shall be glad in thy salvation I will sing to Iehovah for he hath bounteously rewarded unto me Annotations HIde thy face that is withdraw thy favourable countenance and comfort which the Chaldee expoundeth the brightnesse of thy face This is contrary to the lifting up of the light of Gods face Psal. 4. 7. and importeth trouble and griefe and is caused by sinne and is the cause of many adversities and discomforts Deut. 31. 17. 18. Isa. 59. 2. Ezek. 39. 23 24 29. therefore this Prophet doth often complaine hereof and pray against iâ— Psalm 30. 8. and 104. 29. and 88. 15. and 69. 18. and 102. 3. and 143. 7. and 27. 9. Vers. 3. set counsels that is consult and devise with my selfe how to escape by day that is daily in Greeke day and night Vers. 4. lighten my eyes that is make them see cleare and consequently make me joyfull for the light of the eyes rejoyceth the heart Prov. 15. 30. Or keepe me alive which sense the words following seeme to imply and the like speeches in Prov. 29. 13. Eccles. 11. 7 8. The eyes are said to be inlightened when penurie sorrow sicknesse or other affliction whereby they were dulled is done away and the senses by some meanes refreshed 1 Sam. 14. 27. 29. Esr. 9. 8. also when ignorance is by Gods Word and Spirit done out of the minde Psal 19. 9. Ephes. 1. 18. See also Psal. 38. 11. left I sleepe or that I sleepe not the death meaning the sleepe of death that is lest I die For death is often called sleepe in the Scripture Psal. 76. 6. Iob 3. 13. and 14. 12. Act. 7. 60. and 13. â—6 the sleepe of eâ—ernitie Ier. 51. 39. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus Enlighten mine eyes in
man that hath life and sense Psal. 105. 18. and 35. 13. and finally it is sometime a dead body or corps Numb 5. 2. and 9. 10. and 19. 11. 13. though this bee figurative and very unproper for at ones death the soule goeth out Gen. 35. 18. The word being thus largely used is to be weighed according to the matter and circumstances of each text For this here in the Psalme compare it with the like in other places Psalm 30. 4. and 116. 8. and 89. 49. and 88. 4. and 94. 17. Christ gave his soule for the ransome of the world and powred it out unto death Isa. 53. 12. Matth. 20. 28. Ioh. 10. 11 15 17. and 15. 13. to hell or in hell in deaths estate or deadly-hed This word hell properly signifieth deepe whether it be high or low and though by custome it is usually taken for the place of devils and damned wights yet the word is more large and as heaven is not only the dwelling place of God and his Saints but generally all places above us where the stars the clouds the winds the birds c. are as is shewed Psal. 8. 9. so hell is all places beneath Wherefore it may in this large sense serve to expresse the Hebrew word Sheol here used which Sheol is a deepe place Iob 11. 8. Prov. 9. 18. and said in Scripture to be beneath Psal. 86. 13. Deut. 32. 22. Isa. 14. 9. as heaven is above and it with the Greeke word haides is opposed to heaven Psal. 139. 8. Amos 9. 2. Mat. 11. 23. it commeth of Shaal to crave aske or require because it requireth all men to come unto it and is never satisfied Psal. 89. 49. Prov. 30. 15 16. and 27. 20. It is a place or estate which all men even the best come unto for Iakob made account to go thither Gen. 37. 35. and Iob desired to be there Iob 14. 13. for he knew it should be his house Job 17. 13. and our Lord Christ was there as this Psalme with Act. 2. 31. sheweth and Solomon telleth that all goe thither Eccles. 9. 10. It is usually joyned with grave pit corruption destruction and the like words pertaining to death with which Sheol or haides is joyned as a companion thereof Rev. 1. 18. and 6 8. Dathan and Abiram when the earth swallowed them up are said to goe downe quicke into Sheol Numb 16. 30 32 33. Ionas in the Whales belly was in the belly of Sheol Ion. 2. 3. and other holy men that were delivered from great miseries and perils of death are said to be delivered from Sheol or hell Psal. 86. 13. and 30. 4. and 18. 6. and 116. 3. and those that are dead are gone to Sheol Ezech. 32. 21. 27. And as death is said figuratively to have gates Psal. 9. 14. so Sheol haides hell hath gates Isa. 38. 10. Mat. 16. 18. and a soule Isa. 5. 14. and a hand Psal. 49. 16. and 89. 49. and a mouth Psal. 141. 7. and a sting which by Christ is done away 1 Cor. 15. 55. so that as hee was not left to Sheol but rose from death from the heart of the earth Matth. 12. 40. the third day so all the Saints shall likewise be delivered from Sheol or haides Psal. 49. 16 Hos. 13. 14. and it with death shall be abolished Rev. 20. 14. So by the Hebrew word Sheol the Greeke haides and our English hell we are to understand the place estate or depth of death deadlihed See the Annotations on Gen. 37. 35. And these words thou wilt not leave my soule to hell teach us Christs resurrection as if he should say thou wilt not leave me to the power of death or grave to be consumed but wilt raise me from the dead as the words following and the Apostles explanation doe manifest Act. 2. 24. 31. and 13. 34 35. thou wilt not give not grant or suffer An Hebrew phrase often used as I gave thee not to touch her Gen. 20. 6. God gave thee not to hurt me Gen. 31. 7. he will not give you to goe Exod. 3. 19. So Psal. 55. 23. and 66. 9. and 118. 18. and many the like to see corruption that is to feele corruption or to corrupt to rot As to see death is to die Psal. 89. 49. Luke 2. 26. Joh. 8. 51 52. so to see evill Psal. 90. 15. and to see good Psal. 34. 13. is to feele and enjoy it and to see the grave Psal. 49. 10. corruption the Hebrew Shachath properly signifieth corruption or rottennesse and is so to be taken here as the Apostle urgeth the force of the word Act. 13. 36 37. David saw corruption but hee whom God raised up saw not corruption Yet often the word is used for a pit or ditch wherein carkasses doe corrupt See the note on Psal. 7. 16. Vers. 11. Thou wilt make me know or hast made me know as Act. 2. 28. that is givest me experience of the way of life or journey of lives the way or course to life from death and to continue in life eternall the Apostle saith wayes of life Act. 2. 28. And hereby life in heaven with God is implied as to enter into life Matth. 18. 9. is to enter into the kingdome of God Mark 9. 47. before thy face or with thy face that is in thy presence I shall have fulnesse of joyes The Greeke which the Apostle followeth Act. 2. 28. saith Thou wilt fill me with joy with thy face The Hebrew eth penei and liphnet with or before the face are both one and sometime put one for another as 1 King 12. 6. with 2 Chron. 10. 6. Gods face or presence as it is our greatest joy in this life Exod. 33. 14 15 16. so shall it be in the next Psalm 17. 15. Wherefore the wicked shall then be punished from his presence 2 Thess. 1. 9. pleasures or pleasantnesses that is pleasant joyes at thy right hand the place of honour delights and joyes eternall Matth. 25. 33 34 46. PSAL. XVII David in confidence of his integrity craveth defence of God against his enemies 10 He sheweth their pride craft and eagernesse 13 He prayeth to be delivered from them who have their portion in this life but his hope is for the life to come A Prayer of David HEare thou Iehovah justice attend to my shrill crie hearken to my prayer without lips of deceit From before thy face let my judgement come forth let thine eyes view righteousnesses Thou hast proved my heart hast visited by night thou hast tried me but hast not found I have purposed my mouth shall not transgresse For the workes of men by the word of thy lips I have observed the paths of the breaker thorow Sustaine thou my steps in thy beaten paths that my foot-steps be not removed I call upon thee for thou wilt answer me O God bow thine eare to me heare my saying Marvellously separate thy mercies O Saviour of them that hope for safety from them that
the warre and a bow of brasse is broken with mine armes And thou hast given to me the shield of thy salvation and thy right hand hath upheld me and thy meeknesse hath made me to increase Thou hast widened my passage under me and my legs have not staggered I followed mine enemies and over tooke them and turned not till I had consumed them I wounded them and they could not rise up they fell under my feet And thou hast girded me with valour to the warre them that rose against mee thou hast made to stoope downe under me And thou hast given to me the necke of mine enemies and them that hated me I have suppressed They cried out but there was none to save unto Iehovah but hee answered them not And I did beat them small as dust before the wind as the clay of the streets I did powre them out Thou hast delivered me from the contentions of the people thou hast put me for the head of the heathens a people whoÌ„ I have not known doe serve me At the hearing of the eare they obey me the sonnes of the stranger falsly denie unto me The sons of the stranger fade away and shrinke for feare out of their closets Iehovah live blessed be my rocke and exalted be the God of my salvation The God that giveth vengeances to me and subdueth peoples under me My deliverer from mine enemies also from them that rose up against me thou hast exalted me from the man of violent wrong thou hast rid me Therefore I will confesse thee among the heathens Iehovah and to thy name I will sing Psalme Hee maketh great the salvations of his King and doth mercie to his annointed to David and to his seed for ever Annotations THe servant of Iehovah So he intituleth him-selfe here and in Psal. 36. 1. for his service in administring the kingdome This song is also written in 2 Sam. 22. with some little change of a few words which shall be observed hand of Saul which noteth the power of the King above that which is noted by the hand or palme of other enemies yet for this word hand in 2 Sam. 22. 1. is used palme the Chaldee expoundeth it the sword of Saul Vers. 2. I will dearely love or I love heartily with my inmost bowels The originall word is in this place for intire love but otherwhere is often used for tender mercie or bowels of compassion Psal. 25. 6. and 102. 14. and 103. 13. This verse is added here more than in 1 Sam. 22. Vers. 3. fortresse or munition a place or hold to flee unto when one is hunted and chased See Ps. 31. 3. rocke Two names of a Rocke are in this verse the first Selangh a firme stony Rocke or cliffe the latter Tsur a strong or sharpe rocke and is often the title of God himselfe and turned in Greeke Theos that is God as in the 32 and 47 verses of this Psalme Deut. 32. 4. 18. 30 31. Psal. 71. 3. and in many other places horne of my salvation that is the horne that saveth me A horne signifieth power and glory Psal. 92. 11. Amos 6. 13. Hab. 3. 4. therefore hornes are used to signifie Kings Dan 8. 〈◊〉 Râ—v â—7 12. And Christ is called the horne of salvation Luke 1. 69. high defence or tower 〈…〉 See Psal. 9. 10. In 2. Saâ— 2◠〈◊〉 there is added more and my refâ—ge my Saviour from violent wrong 〈◊〉 savest 〈◊〉 Vers. 4. Pâ—â—ifed that is glorious excellent praise 〈…〉 and accordingly for his 〈◊〉 usually 〈◊〉 of his people So Psal. 48. 〈◊〉 The Chaldee 〈…〉 deth it with a praise oâ— Hyâ—ne I prayed before the Lord. And the Greeke praising I will call upon the Lord. Vers. 5. the pangs paines throwes sorrowes as of a woman in childbirth so the originall word signifieth Hos. 13. 13. Esay 13. 8. and 66. 7. and so the Chaldee explaineth it Anguish compassed mee as of a woman which sitâ—â—th in the birth and hath no strength to bring forth and she is in danger of death Or The â—ands the 〈◊〉 as the word also signifieth Iob 36. 8. Prov. 5. 22. For this in 〈◊〉 Sam. 22. 5. another word is used that signifieth breaches which also is applied to the breaking forth of children at the birth Hâ—s 13. 13. Eâ—â— 37. 3. and to the 〈◊〉 of the sea Psal. 42. 8. streames or brooks bournes The originall word Nachal is used as our English bourne both for a brooke or streame running in a valley and for the valley it selfe 1 Kings 17 3 4. Waters do often figure out afflictions Psal. 69. 2. 3. â—ournes or streâ—â—â—â— of waters meane vehement and violent afflictions Psal. 124. 4. Ier. 47. 2. Belial or 〈◊〉 The Hebrew Bel 〈…〉 which the Apostle in Greek calleth Belial 〈◊〉 Cor. 6. 15. iâ— used 〈◊〉 extreme mischiefe and wickednesse or most impious and mischieâ—â—ous persons called sonnes of Belial Deut. 13. 13 daughters of Bâ—lial 1 Sam. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 men of Belial 1. Sam. 25. 25. and sometime B 〈…〉 it selfe as in Nah. 1. 15. Belial shall no more passe th 〈…〉 thee and 2 Sam. 23. 6. Belial shall be every one as thornes thrust away and Iob 34. 18. Wilt 〈◊〉 say to a King Belial It is also applied to speciall sinnes and sinners as a witnesse of Belial Prov. 19. 28. a counseller of Beliâ—l Nah. 1. 15. Also to mischievous thoughts words or things Deâ—t 15. 9. Psal. 41. 9. and 101. 3. The Apostle opposeth Belial to Christ 2 Câ—â— 6. 15. and it seemeth to be put for the Devill or Satan as the Syâ—â—â—â— and Arabik translations there explaine Pauls 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for Antichrist for so Belial is opposed to Christ and his kingdome 2 Sam. 23. 6. By interpretation Belial signifieth an Vnthrift or Without 〈◊〉 lawlesse 〈◊〉 Antichrist is named the lawlesse man 〈◊〉 Thess. 2. 8. and in this Psalme the Greeke 〈◊〉 streames of lawlesnesse or iniquitie which the Chaldee Paraphrast calleth the company of the unrighteous frighted me skarâ—d or vexed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 This word is used of Sauls vexation by a◠〈◊〉 spirit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 16. 14 15. Vers. 6. of hell which the Chaldee expoundeth a company of â—â—â—ked persons snares of death deadly shaâ—â—◠〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for my death a similitude 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Eccles. 9. 12. So 〈◊〉 13. 14. and 14. â—7 The Chaldee explaineth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 â—rmed with weapons of sâ—aughter Pre 〈…〉 me that is were ready to take hold on mee 〈…〉 denly and unawares Vers. 7. distresse upon me or to me that is in that my distresse or while it was upon me So Psal. â—6 1â— be heard The Hebrew properly is will heare but the time to come is often put for the time past therefore in 2 Sam. 22. 7. it is plainly written and â—e heard so after in the 12. verse â—ee will set which in Samuel is written and â—ee set againe in the 14 verse thundred for which in Samuel is written will thunder the like may be observed of the
the same Vers. 5. to the remembrance or for it that is that his holinesse may be had in remembrance as Isa. 26. 17. So Psal. 97. 12. Vers. 6. a moment or little while For Gods anger towards his and their affliction is short and moment any as Isa. 54. 7 8. 2 Cor. 4. 17. life or lives meaning a blessing and the continuance of it as Psal. 133. 3. and 21. 5. Life is here opposed to a moment So yeares of life meane many good yeares Prov. 3. 2. and the Chaldee here for life saith life eternall lodgeth that is abideth or he meaning God causeth weeping to lodge as if it should be an abiding guest So another Prophet saith At even tide loe there is trouble but afore the morning it is gone Isa. 17. 14. The Chaldee here translateth the latter part thus in the morning he raiseth up with song Vers. 7. in my safe quietnesse or tranquillitie Gods children have so great infirmities that in prosperity they are too secure as David sheweth here and Iob in chap. 29. 18 19 20. and in adversitie they are too fearefull as David elsewhere doth confesse Psal. 31. 23. and 116. 11. Vers. 8. setled or made stand that is reared up constituted and stablished sure So this phrase importeth Psal. 107. 25. and 31. 9. to my mountaine that is mount Sion where Davids house or court was or figuratively he meaneth his kingdome as Isa. 2. 2. Dan. 2. 35 44. See Psal. 65. 7. thy face thy favourable countenance the Chaldee calleth it Shecinah the divine Majestie of God Vers. 10. what profit what gaine or use will there be in my bloud which here may meane his violent death as in Psal. 72. 14. unto corruption the grave or place where the body rotteth See Psal. 16. 10. shall dust that is my body when it is turned to dust The Chaldeesaith they that lie in the dust See the like in Psal. 6. 6. and 88. 11. and 115. 17. Isa. 38. 18. Vers. 12. to a dance which is a signe of joy Ier. 31. 4 13. therefore the Greeke turneth it here joy The contrary is in Lam. 5. 15. where their dance is turned into mourning loosed my sacke or done off my sackcloth which was wont to be worne in time of sorrow Esth. 4. 1. Ion. 3. 6. Psal. 35. 13. Vers. 13. my glory so the Greeke putteth to the word my by glory meaning the tongue or soule See Psal. 16. 9. But the Chaldee translateth That the glorious ones of the world may praise thee silenced or made silent which is when men are cut off by death as Psal. 31. 18. PSAL. XXXI David shewing his confidence in God craveth his helpe 8 rejoyceth in his mercies 10 prayeth in his calamities 20 professeth Gods goodnesse to such as feare him 22 blesseth him for the mercies that hee had found 24 and encourageth all the Saints To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David IN thee Iehovah doe I hope for safety let me not be abashed for ever in thy justice deliver mee Bow unto mee thine eare speedily rid me be thou to me for a rocke of firme strength for a house of fortresses to save me For thou art my firme rocke and my fortresse and for thy Names sake wilt guide me and lead me Thou wilt bring me forth out of the net that they have hid for me for thou art my firme strength Into thy hand doe I commit my spirit thou hast redeemed me Iehovah God of truth I have hated them that observe vanities of vaine falshood and I unto Iehovah doe I trust I will be glad and rejoyce in thy mercie which hast seene my affliction hast knowne my soule in distresses And hast not shut me up in the hand of the enemie hast made my feet stand in a large roomth Be gracious to me Iehovah for distresse is on me gnawne is with indignation mine eye my soule and my belly For my life is quite spent with pensivenesse and my yeares with sighing my able strength is decayed mith my iniquity and my bones are gnawne With all my distressers I am a reproach and to my neighbours vehemently and a dread to my knowne acquaintance seeing mee in the street they fled from mc. I am forgotten as a dead man out of heart I am as a vessell of perdition For I heare the infamie of many fearfulnesse from every side when they plot together against me they craftily purpose to take my soule But I unto thee doe I trust Iehovah I said thou art my God In thy hand are my times rid thou me from the hand of my enemies and from my persecutours Make thy face to shine upon thy servant save me through thy mercy Iehovah let me not be abashed for I doe call upon thee let the wicked be abashed let them be silenced to hell Let the lips of falshood be mute that speake against the just an hard word in haughtinesse and despight How much is thy goodnesse which thou hast laid up for them that feare thee hast wrought for them that hope for safety in thee before the sonnes of Adam Thou keepest them secret in the secret of thy face from the rough prides of man dost lay them up in a pavilion from the strife of tongues Blessed be Ichovah for hee hath made marvellous his mercy to mee in a citie of strong defence And I said in my hastening away I am cut downe from before thine eyes yet certainly thou heardest the voice of my supplications for grace when I cried out unto thee Love ye Iehovah all his gracious Saints Iehovah keepeth the faithful and repayeth abundantly him that doth haughtinesse Be ye confirmed and let your heart wax strong all that hopefully wait for Iehovah Annotations IN thee the Chaldee saith in thy word Vers. 3. a house of fortresses a place of defences a most safe hold David being often forced to take such forts for his safetie did not make them but God his strength See 1 Sam. 22. 4. and 23. 14 19. and 24. 1 23. 2 Sam. 5. 7. 9. Vers. 6. commit my spirit or commend depose of trust to be kept Such words our Lord Christ uttered on the Crosse to his Father Luke 23. 46. Vers. 7. I have hated in Greeke Thou hast hated Compare Psal. 139. 21. Vanities of vaine falshood that is most vaine false and lying vanities The word vanitie Hebel here used besides vaine worldly things against which Solomon writeth Eccles. 1 c. meaneth in speciall idolatry for Idols are often called vanities as being light vile and things of nought Deut. 32. 21. 1 King 16. 26. 2 King 17. 15. Ier. 2. 5. and 8. 19. and 10. 15. and 14. 22 c. They that observe lying vanities forsake their owne mercy Ionas 2. 8. Vers. 8. hast knowne my soule that is acknowledged cared for and as the Greeke translateth saved it See Psal. 1. 6. Vers. 9. not shut me up or closed me that is not given me into their power So
sonne Hebel that is vanitie Gen. 4. 2. and here David saith that all Adam every man is Hebel vanitie Solomon in Ecclesiastes declareth this at large See also Psal. 62. 10. though setled or standing stedfast and in good estate in Greeke living The Chaldee saith but all just ones live for ever Vers. 7. walketh in an image or in a shadow that is obscurely changeth daily leadeth an imaginary life rather than a life it selfe and so soone passeth hence He fleeth as a shadow and abideth not Iob 14. 2. So Paul saith the fashion or hiew of this world goeth away 1 Cor. 7. 31. The Chaldee explaineth it otherwise walketh in the image of the Lord. make a sturre or a tumult disquieting themselves and one another he heapeth that is any one heapeth up to wit goods and knowes not who shall enjoy them See Eccles. 2. 18 19. Vers. 9. put me not or expose make me not to be the reproach of the foole of Nabal whereof see Psal. 14. 1. Vers. 10. I am dumbe or tongue-tied This is a profession of his patient sufferance of the things laid upon him by God And so did David carry himselfe 2 Sam. 16. 10. and Aaron Levit. 10. 3. Vers. 11. the striking or buffeting this noteth the greatnesse and oft reiteration of his trouble Vers. 12. melt that is consume away as a moth to wit as a moth-worme consumeth or perisheth which is suddenly as Iob 4. 19. they are destroyed before the moth Or as the moth consumeth garments so thou with thy rebukes consumest them as Hos. 5. 12. Iob 13. 28. Isa. 50. 9. and 51. 8. that which is to be desired of his or his desirable meaning his beautious grace best strength dignitie and every whit of him that is amiable to be desired or liked which the Greeke expoundeth to be his soule the Chaldee his bodie Vers. 13. unto my teares which cry unto God as bloud is said to cry Gen. 4. 10. or which are joyned with earnest prayers as Heb. 5. 7. a stranger with thee This is taken from the Law Levit. 25. 23. The land is mine yee are but strangers and sojourners with me The like acknowledgement is also in 1 Chron. 29. 15. Hence saith the Apostle They confessed that they were strangers and pilgrimes on the earth and they that say such things declare plainly that they seeke a country to wit an heavenly Hebr. 11. 13 14 16. Vers. 14. Stay or Leave off to wit thine anger or affliction or Looke away shut the eye as this word sometime signifieth Isa. 6. 10. and let me refresh or that I may recover strength This speech is taken from Iob 10. 20 21. Igoe to wit unto death See Gen. 15. 2. and 25. 32. and 5. 24. PSAL. XL. David prophesieth of Christs afflictions and deliverance 7 the abolishing of leg all sacrifices and the oblation of himselfe 10 Whereupon the righteousnesse of God is preached unto the Church 13 His many troubles against which he prayeth 15 The confusion of his enemies and joy of these that love his salvation To the Master of the Musicke Davids Psalme WAiting I waited for Iehovah and he bended unto mee and heard my cry And he brought me up out of the pit of sounding calamitie out of the mire of mudde and set up my feet upon a rocke hee ordered steadily my steps And he hath given into my mouth a new song a praise to our God many shall see and feare and shall trust in Iehovah O blessed is the man that putteth Iehovah his secure trust and respecteth not unto the proud and them that turne aside unto a lye Thou Iehovah my God hast made many thy marvellous works and thy thoughts towards us none can count them in order unto thee would I declare and speake of them they are mightily increast moe than can be told Sacrifice and oblation thou wouldest not mine cares hast thou digged open burnt-offering and sin offering thou askedst not Then said I loe I come in the roll of the booke it is written of me My God I delight to doe thy acceptable will and thy law is within my bowels I have preached the glad tidings of justice in the great Church loe I close not up my lips Iehovah thou knowest Thy justice I have not covered within my heart thy faith and thy salvation have I said I have not concealed thy mercy and thy truth to the great Church Thou Iehovah close not up thy tender mercies from mee let thy bounteous mercy and thy truth continually preserve me For innumerable evils have assailed mee round about my iniquities have taken hold on mee and I am not able to see they are mightily increased moe than the haires of my head and my heart forsaketh mee Vouchsafe Iehovah to deliver mee Iehovah make haste to my helpe Let them be abashed and ashamed together that seeke my soule to make an end of it let them be turned backward and blush that delight mine evill Let them be made desolate for a reward of their shame that say to mee aha aha Let all that seeke thee be joyfull and rejoyce in thee let them say continually magnified be Iehovah they that love thy salvation And I poore afflicted and needy the Lord thinketh on me thou art my helpe and my deliverer my God delay not Annotations DAvids Psalme or a Psalme of David but Davids name is here fet first which elsewhere commonly is last or a Psalme concerning David that is Christ who is called David in the Prophets Hos. 3. 5. Jer. 30. 9. Ezek. 34. 23. and 37 24. Of him this Psalme intreateth as the Apostle teacheth Hebr. 10. 5 6 c. Vers. 2. Waiting or expecting the doubling of this word noteth earnestnesse constancie patience bended to wit his eare as is expressed Psal. 17. 6. Vers. 3. pit of sounding calamity or dungeon of tumultuous desolation which ecchoed and resounded with dreadfull noises denoting hereby the greatnesse of Christs afflictions mire of mud that is muddy or durty mire or clay signifying fast cleaving afflictions So Psal. 69. 3. set up or stablished set fast my feet on a rocke that is on firme ground opposed to the former mud Vers. 5. respecteth not or turneth not the face which implieth liking or inclination of the mind and affections Iob 36. 21. the proud or stout that in confidence of their strength carry themselves insolently turne aside to a lye swarve or revolt to deceiveable falshood meaning Heretikes and Idolaters Vers. 6. thy thoughts thy good meanings or purposes none can count in order or they cannot be orderly counted or propounded The Chaldee paraphraseth it is not possible for to order unto thee thy praise Here the word is used for ordering of speech as in Iob 32. 14. Sometime it is used for matching or comparing so the Greeke turneth it here in thy thoughts there is not any that can be likened to thee would I or if I would declare mightily increase or strong to wit in number many
62. 11. the fort or strong frontier â—konce rampart made for strength and safegard of the citie 1 King 21. 23. 2 Sam. 20. 15. So Psal. 122. 7. The Chaldee understands it of the strength of people the multitude distiâ—â—tly view or lift up meaning the eyes to behold or reare up the bankes of buildings The Hebrew Pasgu is here only used of it is Pisgah the name of an hill or mount Numb 21. 20. and 23. 14. Deut. 3. 17. and 34. 1. The Greeke translateth here distinguish or distribute following the Chaldee Passeg which is to distribute or divide Vers. 15. ever and aye ever and yet to eternitie and perpetuitie will guide us or lead us to wit as a flocke of sheepe Psal. 78. 52. 72. therefore the Greeke turneth it poimanei he will fâ—â—d or rule as a shepherd A like phrase is also used in speech of defence from enemies 2 Chron. 32. 22. untill death in Greeke for ever The Chaldee paraphraseth thus For this God is our God his divine Majestie is within it and his dwelling is in the heavens for ever and ever he will lead us in the daies of our youth PSAL. XLIX All are exhorted to heare Christs wisdome and parables 7 To build the faith of Resurrection from the dead not on worldly power but on God 17 Worldly prosperity is not to be admined for man without understanding perisheth like the beast To the Master of the Musicke to the sons of Korach a Psalme HEare ye this all peoples hearken yeâ— all inhabitants of the transitorie world Both sons of base man and sons of noble man together rich and poore My mouth shall speake wisdomes and the meditation of my heart prudencies I will incline minâ— eare to a parable I wil open with harpe mine hidden matter Why should I feare in the daies of evill when the iniquitie of my foot-steps shall compasse me They that trust in their wealthy power and glory in the multitude of their riches A man shall not redeeming redeeme his brother shall not give to God his ransome So precious shall be the redemption of their soule and it shall cease for ever That he may live yet to continuall aye may not see the pit of corruption For he seeth the wise doe die together the unconstant foole and brutish doe perish and leave to others their wealthy power Their inward thought is that their houses shall be for ever their dwelling places to generation and generation they proclaime their names on lands But man in honour doth not lodge a night he is likened to beasts that are silenced This their way is unconstant folly to them and their posteritie like well of their mouth Selah As sheepe they are put in hell death shall feed them and righteous men shall have rule over them at the morning their forme weare away in hell from his dwelling place But God will redeeme my soule from the hand of hell for he will receive me Selah Feare thou not when a man shall grow rich when the glory of his house shall be multiplied For he shall not when he die take any thing his glory shall not descend after him Though in his life he blesseth his soule and they will confesse thee when thou doest good to thy selfe It shall come unto the generation of his fathers unto continuall aye they shall not see the light Man in honour and understandeth not he is likened to beasts that are silenced Annotations THe transitory world see Psal. 17. 14. Vers. 3. base man in Hebrew Adam who was so called of Adamah the earth whereupon this title is given to the baser sort of people The Greek translateth it here earth-borne So the Apostle saith the first man of the earth earthly 1 Cor. 15. 47. noble man in Hebrew Ish which is the name of man in respect of heat valour noblenesse and dignitie whereby man is and excelleth and in opposition to the former word Adam it meaneth the great or nobler sort of people The Chaldee paraphraseth thus Both sons of Adam the first and sons of Iakob together righteous and sinner Vers. 4. wisdomes that is excellent and manifold wisdome so after prudencies for very excellent prudence and of sundry sorts So Solomon calleth the chiefe and most excellent wisdome wisdomes Prov. 1. 20. and 9. 1. Vers. 5. a parable or a proverbe in Hebrew Mashal which denoteth rule superiority or excellencie because such speeches prevaile much in the mindes of men and are in esteeme The new Testament in Greeke translateth it a parable Matth. 13. 35. from Psa. 78. 2. of the Latine we name it a Proverb in old English or Saxon it was called a big-spel Sometime it is used in the evill part for a by-word Psal. 44. 15. and 69. 12. mine hidden matter my darke question or grave doctrine my riddle The Hebrew Chidah riddle hath the name of sharpnesse as proceeding from a sharpe wit and needing the like to expound it See Iudg. 14. 12 18. Num. 12. 8. 1 King 10. 1. Prov. 1. 6. The holy Ghost expresseth it in Greeke by hidden things Matth. 13. 35. from Psal. 78. 2. Vers. 6. Why should I feare This is the hidden doctrine or riddle which the Prophet propoundeth as in his owne name and therefore also called it a parable By feare he meaneth dismay or discouragement See vers 17. the iniquitie that is punishment or death which is the wages of sinne see Psal. 31. 11. and by foot-steps or foot-soles he meaneth his waies or workes Or he may call death the punishment of his heeles or feet because the Serpent bruiseth Christ and his people but in the heele Gen. 3. 15. the sting of death being done away and it made a passage into life and glory 1 Cor. 15. 55. 57. Vers. 7. their wealthy power their riches which are thus called because they are gotten by power given of God Deut. 8. 18. with labour and industry and to the rich their goods are their strong citie Prov. 10. 15. therefore here they are said to trust in them contrary to 1 Tim. 6. 17. Iob 31. 24. Mark 10. 24. glory or praise themselves vaunt contrary to Ier. 9. 23. Vers. 8. not redeeming redeeme that is shall in no wise or not at all redeeme The Chaldee expoundeth it a wicked man cannot redeeming redeeme his captived brother Vers 9. So precious shall be or And deare costly is and consequently rare and hard to obtaine as Dan. 2. 11. 1 Sam. 3. 1. of their soule that is of their life So Exod. 21. 30. cease for ever that is it shall never be accomplished So ceasing is used for the not doing of a thing Deut. 23. 22. Zach. 11. 12. Vers. 10. That he may live this is referred to the end of the eight verse not give his ransome and so live And is here for That see Psal. 43. 4. The Chaldee expoundeth live to be the life eternall the piâ— to be the judgement of Gehenna or hell Vers. 11. the wise The
Chaldee saith For hee shall see wicked wise men that die the second death and are adjudged to Gehenna unconstant foole and brutish these two names are often joyned together as Psal. 92. 7. and 94. 8. the one noting ficklenesse and mutabilitie called Cesil which is both the name of a foole and of a starre that causeth change of weather and tempests whereupon Solomon speaketh of the restlesnesse of this kind of folly Eccles 7. 27. and of the tumultuousnesse and light behaviour of such fooles as having their eyes wandring unto the ends of the earth Prov. 9. 13. and 17. 24. the other noting want of discretion at brute beasts led with sensuality and carried with ardent furious affections 2 Pet. 2. 12. Iude 10. See Psal. 73. 22. Vers. 12. Their inward thought or their meaning purpose This word signifieth the nearest and most secret thought or purpose the heart See Psal. 5. 10. and 55. 5. and 64. 7. their houses for ever to wit shall continue by houses meaning their children or posteritie as Psal. 115. 12. which they that want are said to be barren of house Psal. 113. 9. they proclaime their names on lands or they call lands their lands as the Greeke explaineth it by their owne names As the land of Canaan of Mitsraim that is Aegypt of Asshur c. So Absalom called his pillar by his owne name 2 Sam. 18. 18. Cain his citie by his sonnes name Gen. 4. 17 thus thinking to make their memorie everlasting Or they proclaime their names seeking to be famous thorowout the lands or countries The Chaldee expoundeth it they were proud and got themselves an evill name on earth Vers. 13. But man or And Adam and this may be minded both for the first man Adam who continued not in his dignity so for all his children as the Chaldee saith And the sonne of man a sinner abideth not in honor in honor being in honour dignitie or estimation not lodge a night or not continue The word though it properly signifieth a nights lodging or abiding Gen. 28. 11. Exod. 23. 18. yet is used also for longer continuance Psal. 25. 13. and 55. 8. Zach. 5. 4. The Greeke translateth understandeth not as the Hebrew also is in vers 21. are silenced that is are cut off die or perish the Greeke translateth are like unto them The Hebrew word signifieth silence or stilnesse not onely in speech but in motion as the Sunne was still or silent when it moved not Ios. 10. 12 13. and people destroyed are said to bee silenced Isa. 15. 1. and the grave or death is called silence Psal. 115. 17. and things without life are in the Hebrew phrase dumbe or silent Hab. 2. 19. Exod. 15. 16. Vers. 14. unconstant folly to them that is is their folly or a constant hope to them that is is their confidence The originall word hath contrary significations unconstant folly Eccles. 7. 27. and constant hope Psal. 78. 7. Iob. 31. 24. both wayes it may here be taken confident hope in their owne conceit but indeed folly The Greeke turneth it a seandall or stumbling blocke to them and their posteritie or yet those after them their successors their mouth that is their words doctrine counsell precepts The mouth is figuratively used for whatsoever commeth out of the same as word or commandement 1 Sam. 12. 15. Iob 39. 30. Num. 9. 20. Deut. 1. 26. Mat. 18. 16. Luke 19. 22. The Chaldee here differeth much saying This their way occasioneth folly to them and in their end with their mouth they shall manifest their sinnes to the world that is to come Vers. 15. they are put or laid or they put that is men put them An Hebrew phrase as Luke 12. 20. they shall fetch away thy soule that is it shall bee fetched away The like is often used Psal. 105. 28. and 141. 6. The Hebrew Text it selfe sometime explaineth this as they had anointed David 2 Sam. 5. 17. that is David was anointed 1 Chron. 14. 8. Howbeit the Chaldee taketh it actively saying Like sheepe they put the just to death and kill them and crush the Saints c. in hell into a ditch to the lowest grave or state of death called Sheol See the notes on Ps. 16. 10. death shall feed them as a shepherd shall feed and rule them as Psal. 78. 72. or death shall feed on them to devour them as Ier. 50. 19. at the morning the last day of judgement for then all that sleepe in the dust of the earth shall awake and rise and the new day of eternall life shall begin their forme their figure shape or image with all their beauty and proportion or their rocke that is their strength or as the Greeke saith their helpe that wherein they trust in Chaldee their bodie The Hebrew Tsur is usually a rocke here it seemeth to be all one with Tsurah a forme or figure and this is confirmed by the writing for though by the vowels and reading it is Tsur yet by the letters it is Tsir which is an image Isa. 45. 16. And Tsurum is for Tsuratham as tebunam is for tebunatham in Hos. 13. 2. weare away in hell or wax old in the grave understanding the word in which is expressed in the Greeke or without it thus Hell the grave shall weare away shall consume their forme The Hebrew leballoth being indefinite to weare out with age is here of like signification as that which went before shall have rule The like Hebraisme is in Ier. 14. 5. Zach. 12. 10. and 3. 4. See also Psal. 65. 11. and 56. 14. and by this their affliction in hell is meant as that which one Prophet calleth wearing out or wasting 1 Chron. 17. 9. another calleth afflicting 2 Sam. 7. 10. from his dwelling place that is every of them comming from or being thrust out of his dwelling or home as the Greeke saith they are thrust from their glorie It may also be Englished for his dwelling place and so the Chaldee understood it saying Therefore their bodies shall wax old in Gehenna because they stretched out their hand and destroyed the dwelling place of the house of his divine Majestie Vers. 16. from the hand of hell that is from the power of the grave death and damnation So of all the faithfull he saith I will redeeme them from the hand of hell Hos. 13. 14. but so can no man redeeme himselfe Psal. 89. 49. Hand is put for power as Ps. 22. 21. And this is meant of the resurrection and redemption of body and soule from damnation by Christ. for he will receive me or when he shall receive or take me meaning up into heaven where God himselfe is 1 Thess. 4. 14. Ioh. 14. 3. This manner of speech is used in Gen. 5. 24. Henoch was no more for God received him The Chaldee explaineth this verse thus But God will redeem my soule from Gehenna for be will teach me his Law and will lead me to his portion in the
meditatioÌ„ make a troubled noise For the voice of the enemy because of the vexation of the wicked for they bring upon me painfull iniquitie and in anger they spightfully hate me My heart is pained within me and the terrours of death are fallen upon me Feare and trembling is come into me and horrour hath covered me So that I say who will give me a wing as a dove that I might flie and dwell Loe I would make farre off my wandring flight I would lodge in the wildernesse Selah I would hasten my safe escaping from the winde of driving forward from the tempest Swallow them Lord divide their tongue for I see violent wrong and strife in the citie Day and night they compasse it upon the wals thereof and painfull iniquitie and molestation are within it Wofull evils are within it and fraud and guile departeth not from the street thereof For not an enemie reproached me for I could beare it not my hater magnified against me for I could be hidden from him But it was thou O man esteemed of as my selfe my guide and my knowne acquaintance Wee which together made sweet secret counsell went into Gods house with the society Let death seize upon them let them goe downe quicke to hell for evill are in their dwelling place in their in most part I will call unto God and Iehovah will save me Evening and morning and at no one will I meditate and make a noise and he heard my voyce Hee hath redeemed my soule in peace from the battell against me for with many were they with me God will heare and afflict them even he that sitteth from antiquitie Selah for that they have no changes neither feare they God He sent forth his hand on his peaceable friends he profaned his covenant The words of his mouth were smoother than butter but battell was in his heart his words were softer than oile but they were drawne swords Cast thou thy carefull burden upon Iehovah and he will sustaine thee he will not give the just man for ever to be moved But thou O God wilt make them goe downe to the pit of corruption men of blouds and of deceit shal not live halfe their dayes but I will trust in thee Annotations VErs 3. I mourne as one cast downe with sorrow making a dolefull noise meditation or discoursing talke prayer complaint The Hebrew Siach signifieth any large discourse or exercise of the minde or mouth by busie musing talking praying communing with ones selfe or others Vers. 4. they bring they make move or turne upon me iniquitie both by unjust imputation of evill and inflicting of punishment For the word is used both for iniquitie and the punishment thereof as is noted Psal. 5. 6. The Chaldee saith they testifie falshood against me spightfully hate me or beare me a privy grudâ—e with a purpose to avenge as the word signifieth Gen. 27. 41. and 50. 15. Vers. 5. is pained or trembleth with paine The word usually meaneth such paines as a woman feeleth in her travell Vers. 6. horrour or amazed quaking when the senses are smitten with astonishment Therefore the Greeke turnes it darknesse Vers. 7. who will give a wish O that I had or O that some would give See Psal. 14. 7. wing as a dove which being a fearfull bird flieth fast to desarts and rocks to hide it selfe Ier. 48. 28. wing is put for wings as fowle for fowles Psal 8. 9. that I might flie or I would flie and dwell to wit somewhere where I can finde safety but no place is named to note the more uncertainty Vers. 8. in the wildernesse the place whither the woman the Church also flieth in her persecution Rev. 12. 6. 14. Vers. 9. hasten safe escaping c. or I would speed my evasion hasten any deliverance So David hastened his flight from Absalom 2 Sam. 15. 14 c. from wind of driving forward that is from the driving stormy wind that beareth all things away before it meaning the storme of persecution which forced him to flie The Greeke turneth it from pusillanimitie or seeblenesse of spirit intimating his inly feares driving him to this flight Vers. 10. Swallow that is destroy It hath respect to Dathan and Abirams death who with their company were swallowed alive into the earth Numb 16. 32. as after in the 16 verse here is explained divide their tongue for their tongues that is their language counsels plots c. As at Babel tongues were confounded Gen. 11. 7. so tongues of Absaloms Counsellors that persecuted David were divided 2 Sam. 17. 1 5 14. Vers. 11. they compasse it to wit violent wrong and strife before mentioned which were as wals about the towne or they that is those wicked persons Vers. 13. For not an enemie or Because it was no enemie that reproached me the Greeke turneth it thus for if an enemy reproached me I could suffer it c. for I could beare Hebr. and I could beare it and being in stead of for or otherwise as in Psal. 60. 13. and 51. 18. magnified that is spake great and boastfull words See before Psal. 35. 26. Vers. 14. But thou Hebr. And thou and is often used for but as Gen. 42. 10. Isa. 10. 20. So in Greeke Rom. 1. 13. and often in the Psalmes The Chaldee addeth But thou Achiâ—ophel a man like to me c. esteemed of as my selfe or according to mine order or estimation that is my very equall my pâ—â—re of as much regard and worth as my selfe The Greeke turneth it like minded a word which the Apostle useth Phil. 2. 20. my guide or my Duke my Chiefetaine or master So the Hebrew Allâ—ph is used generally for a Duke or Chiefe governour Gen. 36. â—5 c. and so the Greeke turneth it here It is also used in speciall for â—â—hiefe friend Pâ—â— 16. 28. and 17. 9. Mic. 7. 5. which sense is good in this place A 〈…〉 l may be the man here aimed at as the Chaldee nameth him who was one of Davids Princes and friends even his chiefe counsellor and became a traitor 2 Sam. 15. 12. 31. and 16. 23. my knowne acquaintance or my familiar whom I acquainted with my counsels purposes c. as Psal. 31. 12. Vers. 15. made sweet secret counsell that is sweetly communicated our secret affaires each to other or the mystory of god 〈…〉 whereof see Psal. 25. 14. These were fulfilled betweene David and Achâ—tophel Christ and Iudas the traitor with the 〈◊〉 or in the concourse company that is the multitude that runne together frequenting the publike assemblies And this was done with cutward haste and hurtling together and with 〈◊〉 minds wherefore the Greeke hereturneth it unanimitie or concord This word is after used for a company or concourse Psalm 64. 3. and hath the name of tumultuous running together Psal. 2. 1. Vers. 16. Let death seize oâ— Death shall seize exact his due as a creditor on his debtor The Chaldee expoundeth it Let sentence of
death make them guiltie upon them and on him as the Hebrew forme noteth that is on every of them to hell to the place and state of death Psal. 16. 10. as the conspirators with Korah went downe quicke into hell Numb 16. 30 33. in their dwelling place or in their â—â—journing place for this life is a pilgrimage where men are but guests in their inmost part or within them in the midst of them meaning their heart Vers. 18. and at noone These three times in the day they used to pray in Israel as David here practised and Daniel afterwards Dan. 6. 10. and at the sixt houre which was their â—oone tide Peter 〈◊〉 to prayer Act. 10. 9. Though the day was then divided into twelve houres Ioh. 11. 9. yet of old they had but these three times or houres meditate or pray see the note on verse 3. and Psal 77. 4. Vers. 19. from the battell against me from the 〈◊〉 sighâ— the conflict with me the Greeke saith from them that 〈◊〉 neere to me meaning his foes as Psal 27. 2. with many or in many were they with me This is doubtfull whether it be meant of foes or friends If of 〈◊〉 it may be resolved thus for with many with a great multitude they were fighters with me If of friends it may be understood of Gods Angels that in a great number were with him pitching campe for his aid Psal. 34. 8. as Elishah said many moe are with us than with them 2 Kings 6. 16 17. The Chaldee explaineth it for in many afflictions his word was for my helpe Vers. 20. even he that sitteth that is the eternall that abideth one and the same in counsell power c. no changes or alterations from evill to good and are not bettered Thus the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it of sinners which change not their evillway It may also be meant no alterations of their good estate that is no adversities as Ioâ— 10. 17. Vers. 21. He sent forth his hand that is laid violent hands as Nehem. 13. 21. his peaceable friends or them that were at peace with him Vers. 22. drawne swords that is wounding deadly A like similitude Solomon useth Prov. 12. 18. There is that speaketh words like the prickings of a sword See also Psal. 57. 5. Vers. 23. thy carefull burden or thy gift that is whatsoever thou art carefull to have given thee in all thy wants and need or whatsoever â—e giveth thee to exercise thy faith patience by adversâ—â—ies The Greeke well turneth it thy care which phrase the Apostle useth 1 Pet. 5. 7. Cast all your care upon him c. The Chaldee saith Cast thy hope on the Lord. Compare also herewith Mat. 6. 25. Luke 12. 22. Psal. 37. 5. Sustaine thee or foster and nourish thee with food and all other necessaries The word though it be generall yet is often used for nourishing Gen. 45. 11. and 47. 12. 1 King 18. 4. So the Greeke also turneth it here not give that is not suffer as Psal. 16. 10. Vers. 24. pit of corruption the Chaldee expoundeth it the deepe Gehenna men of blouds c. that is bloudy men as Psalm 5. 7. not live halfe Hâ—br not halfen their daies that is not come to halfe the daies of their life but be cut off by untimely death So Job 15. 32. PSAL. LVI David praying to God in confidence of his word complaineth of his enemies 10 Heprofâ—sseth his confidence in Gods word and promiseth to praise him To the master of the musicke concerning the dumbe dove in faire places Michtam of David when the Philistims tooke him in Gath. BE gracious to mee O God for sory man would swallow me up all the day warring he oppresseth me Mine enviers would swallow mee up all the day for many doâ— warte with me O most high In the day I shall feare I will trust unto thee In God I will praise his word in God doe I trust I will not feare what flesh can doe unto mee All the day my words they grievously wrest against me all their thoughts be for evill They draw together they keep close themselves they doe observe my steps because they earnestly expect my soule For painfull iniquitie shall they escape safe in anger cast downe the peoples O God Thou hast counted my wandring put thou my teares in thy bottle are they not in thy register Then shall mine enemies turne backe in the day that I call this I know that God will be for mee In God I will praise the word in Iehovah I will praise the word In God doe I trust I will not feare what earthly man can doe unto me Thy vowes are upon me O God I will pay confessions unto thee For thou hast delivered my soule from death hast thou not also my feet from sliding for to walke on before God in the light of the living Annotations COncerning the dumbe dove or after the Hebrew phrase the dove of dumbnesse thus David speaketh of himselfe as of a dove subject to vexation among the â—avenous kites the Philistims which were farre disâ—oyned from Gods people in faith though neare in habitation as the Greeke translateth it the people farre off from the Saints Or Aelem interpreted dumbnesse may also be turned a Congregation as in Psalm 58. 2. and so the meaning is the dove of the Congregation of them that be farre of that is of the Philistims And thus the Chaldee expoundeth it To praise for the congregation which is like to a silent dove in the time when they are driven farre from their cities c. Michtam a Iewell or golden Psalme See Psalm 16. 1. tooke him in Gath David fleeing from Saul to Achish King of Gath and being there knowne changed his behaviour and fained him-selfe foolish and was so dismissed 1 Sam. 21. 10 c. whereupon he made the â—4 Psalme After that he fled againe to K. Achish and dwelt there with him he and his company 1 Sam. 27. 1 2 3 c. Vers. 2. would swallow me up or breatheth after me to take and devâ—ure me The word Shaaph is used for sooping in of drinke Iob 5. 5. also of the wind or breath Ier. 2 â—4 and 14. 6. and so for breathing after any thing to come thereto Ioh 7. 2. Eccles 1. 5. So after in Psal 57 4. and 119. 131. O most high O high God as the Chaldee explaineth it The Greeke saith from the height wee may also translate it in height that is highly proudly they warre against me But Marom Height is sometime Gods attribute as Mich. 6. 6. Psal. 92. 9. Vers. 4. In the day or what day that is whensoever I shall be afraid Vers. 5. what flesh can doe or question-wise what can flesh doe unto me by flesh meaning corrupt and weake man as is expressed vers 12. The like title is given to men in Psal. 78. â—9 Gen. 6. 3. Esay 40 6. Vers. 6. they grievously wrest they pairfully forme and frame my
Vers. 10. His strength understand O God that art his strength and it may be meant of himselfe though he speake as of another 1. Because in the Hebrew there is sometime a sudden change of the person as Dan. 9. 4. thou keepest covenant towards them which love him that is which love thee Deut. 5. 10. that love me and keepe his Commandements for my commands Mic. 1. 2. Heare yee people all they for all yee 2. Because in the last verse of this Psalme it is repeated My strength 3. Also in this place both the Greeke and Chaldee turne it My strength 4. Because in the next verse it is written in the Hebrew text letters his mercy but by the vowels and margine read my mercy which giveth occasion to suppose the like meaning here Howbeit the sense is good if we understand it of the enemie Saul thus O God that art his strength and hast given him the kingdome and this power For even wicked rulers have no power except it be given them from above Ioh. 19. 11. And David much respected Saul as Gods Anointed 1 Sam 26. 11. 2 Sam. 1. 14. I take heed or will I keep observe that is wait upon thee or keep thanks and praises for thee as vers 18. Vers. 11. God of my mercy or of his mercy as is observed on the former verse or my God of mercy that is my mercifull God prevent me to wit with mercy or blessings as Psal. 21. 4. let mee see to wit vengeance Psalm 54. 9. as the Chaldee also here explaineth it Vers. 12. people forget to wit their sinne and punishment for the same Dead men are forgotten Psal. 31. 13. Eccles. 9. 5. so their punishment whiles they live is the more memorable make them wander to wit as vagabonds The word hath reference to Cains judgment who was not killed but marked for a vagabond Gen. 4. 14 15. Some punishments are lesse tolerable than death it selfe Revelat 9. 6. Vers. 13. The sinne of their mouth c. This sentence is difficult for 1. It may have reference to the former that my people forget not their sinnes and punishments but may tell of them or 2. It may respect themselves let them tell or confesse their owne sinnes and punishments as did Cain Iudas c. Gen. 4. 13 14. Mat. 27. 4. Or 3. It. may shew the cause of their judgements For the sin of their mouth c. and so the Chaldee expoundeth it when they shall or and let them be taken and of cursing or for the curse the execration which may be understood of the sinne according to Psal. 10. 7. or of the punishment thereof as Deut. 30. 7. of false deniall of their lying or of their leannesse The originall signifieth either and may also be meant of sinne or the punishment thereof let them tell or they shall tell speaking of his people or of the wicked themselves Vers. 14. Consume to wit them as Loose Mat. 21. 2. for loose him Mark 11. 2. Vers. 15. And they shall returne or let them returne c. a prophesie of or prayer for their punishment answerable to their sinne as before vers 7. Vers. 16. They shall wander or make themselves wander scatter themselves abroad The Hebrew hath a double reading to include both these so 2 Sam. 15. 20. See a like punishment of the wicked Job 15. 23. The Chaldee addeth They shall wander abroad that they may take a prey for to eat shall howle or shall tary all night to wit hungrie and unsatisfied The Hebrew signifieth either of these but the Greeke chooseth the former they shall murmure howling for hunger Vers. 17. sing thy strength that is praise with song thy strength who canst defeat my soes and protect me PSAL. LX. David complaining to God of former afflictions now upon better hope prayeth for deliverance 8 Comforting himselfe in Gods promises hee craveth that helpe wherein he trusteth To the Master of the Musicke upon Shushan eduth Michtam of David for to teach When he fought with Aram of Mesopotamia and with Aram of Zobah and Ioab turned smote Aedom in the valley of salt twelve thousand O God thou didst cast us away thou didst break us thou wast angry turn againe unto us Thou didst make the land to quake didst rive it heale thou the breaches thereof for it is moved Thou didst shew thy people a hard thing thou diddest give us to drinke the wine of astonishing horrour Thou hast given to them that feare thee a banner to be high displayed because of the certaine truth Selah That thy beloved may be delivered save thou with thy right hand and answer me God spake by his holinesse I will be glad I shall divide Shechem and measure the valley of Succoth Gilead shall be mine and Manasseh mine and Ephraim the strength of mine head Iehudah shall be my law-giver Moab my washing pot over Aedom I shall cast my shooe Palestina shout thou over me Who will lead me along to the citie of strong defence who will lead me unto Aedom Is it not thou O God that hadst cast us away and wouldest not goe forth O God in our hosts O give thou us helpe from distresse for vaine falshood is the salvation of earthly man Through God we shall doe valiantnesse and he will tread down our distressers Annotations SHushan that is the six-stringed instrument or Lily See Psal. 45. 1. eduth that is the testimony which here either belongeth to the musick now unknowne to us or meaneth the Psalme to be a testimony of Davids faith thankfulnesse or to be sung by the Priests before the Ark of God in the Sanctuary which Arke and Tables of the covenant in it was called the Testimony Exod. 40. 5 20. Michtam a golden song See Psal. 16. 1. Vers. 2. Aram that is the Aramites or Syrians the posterity of Aram the sonne of Shem the sonne of Noah Gen. 10. 22. Mesopotamia a country so commonly called of the Greeke Act. 7. 2. in Hebrew Naharajim that is of or between the two rivers meaning Tygris and Euphrates betweene which this land lay So the Chaldee expoundeth it Aram which is by Euphrates Zobah a country neare the other called of Greeke Writers Syria Saphena Aedom in the valley of salt that is the Aedomites or Idumeans in the salt valley a place in that countrey whereof mention is also made 2 King 14. 7. twelve thousand in the history 2 Sam. 8. 13. this victory is ascribed to David in 1 Chron. 18. 12. it is ascribed to Abishai Ioabs brother and there also the number is eighteene thousand It seemeth that Captaine Abishai first set on them and slew 6000. after him followed Ioab and slew 12000 moe here mentioned And to David is this victory attributed because he was King Vers. 3. cast us away This complaint seemeth to have reference unto that miserable state wherein Israel was 1 Sam. 13. 19 c. and 31. 7. turne The Chaldee addeth turne thy glory
and somtime waneth and seemeth to be gone yet is continually renued and so stable a fit resemblaâ—ce of the throne or Church of Christ which hath not alwaies one face or appearance in the world though it be perpetnall and a witnesse the Moone and perpetuitie of it with the successive course of night and day is made a witnesse of Gods faithfulnesse in his covenant Ierem. 33. 20 21. Christ also himselfe is called a faithfull witnesse Rev. 1. 5. Esay 55. 4. and faithfull meaneth Stedfast as 2 Sam. 7. 16. compared with 1 Chron. 17. 14. and that lyeth not Prov. 14. 5. Vers. 39. But thou or And thou a word of grieâ—e and indignation as Psal. 2. 6. â—â—thaâ— complaineth of the miseries of the Church whereby all the former promises seeme to be frustrated Vers. 40. his crowne or diademe prophaned by casting to the ground Nezer a separation is figuratively used for a crowne or garland such as Kings wore 2 Sam. 1. 10. and high Priests Exod. 29. 6. as being a signe of their separation from others in respect of some dignitie or holinesse and hereof the Nazarites had their name Numb 6. 2 5 7. So Psal. 132. 18 Vers. 42. rob or rifle him meaning Christ in his members for that which is done to any one of them is done unto him Act. 9. 4. Mat. 25. 40 45. Vers. 4â— his brightnesse or puritiâ— that is the splendent glory and dignitie of the kingdome defiled and prophaned by the enemies Vers. 46. daies of his youth of his strength and vigour hastening old age and misery upon him Hos. 7. 9. See the contrarie Psalm 103. 5. Io◠〈◊〉 25. Vers. 48. how transitory or of what worldly time of what short durance See Psalm 39. 6. the Greeke turneth it what my substance is Compare herewith Ioh 10. 9 1â— c. Vers. 49. see death that is die So Luke 2. 26. Psal. 16. 10. The Chaldee saith see the Angell of death the hand of hell the power of the grave or of death See Psal. 49. 16. 10. Vers. 51. of all great peoples or of all the many the multitudes of peoples Vers. 52. the foot-steps or foot-soles that is the wayes life actions and sufferings Psal. 56. 7. and 49. 6. This referred to Christ respecteth the oracle Gen 3. 15. that the Serpent should bruise the foot-sole of the womans seed Referred to Christians which follow his foot-steps in sâ—iffering and dying with him that wee may be glorified with him 1 Pet. 2. 21. Rom. 8. 17. it noteth the scandall of the crosse of Christ to the Iews a stumbling blocke and to the Greekes foolishnesse 1 Cor. 1. 23. 1 Pet. 4. 13 14. The Chaldee understands it of the sâ—acknesse of the foot-steps Vers. 53. Blessed be These be words of faith and joy as finding an issue out of the temptation and rejoycing in the midst of tribulation as Rom. 7. 24 25. 2 Cor. 1. 3 4 c. and Amen Thus is this third Booke of the Psalmes also concluded See the notes on Psal. 41. 14. and 72. 19. The fourth Booke PSAL. XC Moses setting forth Gods providence 3 complaineth of humane fragilitie 7 divine chastisements 10 and brevitie of life 12 He prayeth for the knowledge and sensible experience of Gods good providence A prayer of Moses the man of God LOrd thou hast beene to us an habitation in generation and generation Before the mountaines were borne and thou hadst brought forth the earth and the world even from eternitie unto eternitie thou art God Thou turnest sory man unto contrition and sayest returne ye sons of Adam For a thousand yeares in thine eyes are as yesterday when it is past and as a watch in the night Thou carriest them away with a floud they are as a sleepe in the morning as the grasse that is changed In the morning it flourisheth and is changed at the evening it is cut downe and witheâ—eth For we are consumed in thine anger and in thy wrathfull heat wee are suddenly troubled Thou hast set our iniquities before thee our hidden sins to the light of thy face For all our dayes doe turne away in thine exceeding wrath wee have consumed our yeares as a thought The daies of our years in them are threescore and ten yeares and if they be in strengths fourescore yeares and their pride is molestation and painfull iniquitie for it is cut downe speedily and we flie away Who knoweth the strength of thine anger and according to thy feare thine exceeding wrath To number our dayes so make thou us to know that wee may apply the heart to wildome Returne Iehovah how long and let it repent thee concerning thy servants Satisfie us in the morning with thy mercy that wee may shout and rejoyce in all our daies Make thou us rejoyce according to the daies thou hast afflicted us the yeares wherein we have seene evill Let thy worke appeare unto thy servants and thy comely honour into their sonnes And let the pleasantnesse of Iehovah our God be upon us and the worke of our hands establish thou upon us yea the worke of our hands establish thou it Annotations THe man of God that is the Prophet as Deut. 33. 1. For a Prophet a Seer and a man of God were all one 1 Sam. 9. 6 8 9 10 11. The Chaldee Paraphrast sheweth it here saying A Prayer that Moses the Prophet of the Lord prayed when the people of the house of Israel had sinned in the wildernesse This Psalme hath reference to that history in Numb 14. an habitation or mansion in all our travels in this terrible wildernesse Exod. 33. 14. Deut. 8. 15. and 33. 27. Vers. 2. were borne this and the next word brought forth are similitudes taken from procreation of children to signifie the creation of the world Like speeches are in Job 38. 28 29. of the raine dew ice and frost Vers. 3. unto contrition till he be contrite or broken that is even to death as the Chaldee explaineth it Thou turnest man for his sinne unto death returne the body to the earth Psal. 146. 4. and the spirit to God Eccles. 12. 7. Vers. 4. a watch a ward or custodie which is about three houres space for the Iewes divided the day into twelve houres Ioh. 11. 9. and so the night which they subdivided into foure watches Matt. 14. 15. named the evening midnight cock-crowing and dawning Mark 13. 35. Luke 12. 38 39. Mat. 24. 43. See also Exod. 14. 24. 1 Sam. 11. 11. Vers. 5. a sleepe the Chaldee paraphraseth If they turne not thou wilt bring death upon them which is like a sleepe unto them and in the world to come they shall be changed as the grasse which is cut downe Vers. 6. is changed or changeth to wit the estate thereof that is sprouteth or groweth as the Chaldee explaineth it And so the Hebrew which generally signifieth a change passage or shifting is sometime used for the better to sprout Ioh 14. 7 So to change the strength
sittest for ever in heaven thy memoriall or remembrance of thee so Psa. 135. 13. from Exod. 3. 15. Vers. 14. the appointed time promised for restauration of the Church as Dan. 9. 2. 24 25. c. Ier. 29. 10. Vers. 15. delight or doe favour the stones though ruinous as Nehem. 2. 13 c. and 4. 2. Zach. 1. 12. Vers. 18. the lowly so the Greeke here turneth it which elsewhere we call heath that groweth in the wildernesse Ier. 17. 6. and 48. 6. by the name in Hebrew it seemeth to be some naked shrub and so a fit resemblance of Gods afflicted people made low naked and desolate by their enemies Or we may turne it the broken downe or ruined from Ier. 51. 58. Vers. 19. This shall be or Let this be written to wit for remembrance to ages after as Exâ— 17. 14. Deut. 31. 19. 21. This sheweth these to be prophesses for our times created that is restored and made a new as Ps. 104. 30. Esa. 65. 18. created in Christ Iesus unto good workes Eph. 2. 10. So a people borne Psal. 22. 32. Vers. 20. the height of his holinesse that is his holy high place or his high sanctuary meaning heaven This is taken from Deut. 26. 15. Vers. 21. groaning or mournfull cry so Psal. 79. 11. sonnes of death appointed to die as Psal. 79. 11. Vers. 24. in the way in the course of my life see Psal. 2. 12. He respecteth the affliction of Israel in the way that God led them thorow the wildernesse Deut. 8. 2 3. Vers. 25. take me not away or make me not ascend see Iohn 12. 32. The Chaldee addeth take mee not away out of this world bring mee unto the world that is to come Vers. 26. Afore-time that is At the beginning as Heb. 1. 10. where these things spoken to God are applied to Christ to prove his god head Vers. 27. shalt stand that is endure or continue as the Greeke expresseth it Heb. 1. 11. change them by folding them up as the Greeke explaineth Heb. 1. 12. for the heavens when they are changed shall be folden like a booke Esa. 34. 4. V. 28. art the same or art he that is unchangeable Mal. 3. 6. Iam. 1. 17. Vers. 29. shall dwell to wit in Sion vers 14. 22. as is also expressed Psal. 69. 36 37. before thee that is so long as thou dost dure meaning for ever as the Greeke well explaineth it So before the Moone and Sunne Psal. 72. 5. 17. is so long as the Moone and Sunne endure PSAL. CIII David stirreth up his soule to blesse God for his mercies 6 He remembreth Gods former actions to his people 8 His pitie 9 Patience 10 Clemency 15 Mans frailty 17 Gods constancy in his graces for which all are to blesse him A Psalme of David MY soule blesse thou Iehovah and all my inward parts the Name of his Holinesse My soule blesse thou Iehovah forget not all his rewards That mercifully pardoneth all thine iniquities that healeth all thy sicknesses That redeemeth thy life from the pit of corruption that crowneth thee with mercy and tender pitties That satiateth thy mouth with good things thy youth is renewed as an Eagles Iehovah doth justices and iudgements to all oppressed He made knowne his waies to Moses his actions to the sonnes of Israel Iehovan is pittifull and gracious long suffering and much of mercy Hee will not contend to continuall aye neither keepe his anger for ever He hath not done to us according to our sinnes nor rewarded us according to our iniquities But as is the height of the heavens above the earth so strong is his mercy over them that feare him As farre remote as the East is from the West so farre hath he removed our trespasses from us As a father hath pitty on his sonnes Iehovah hath pitty on them that feare him For he knoweth our forming remembring that we are dust Sorry man his daies are as grasse as a flower of the field so flourisheth he For a wind passeth over it and it is not and the place thereof shall not know it any more But the mercy of Iehovah endureth from eternity and unto eternity upon them that feare him and his justice to the childrens children To them that keepe his covenant and that remember his precepts for to doe them Iehovah hath firmely prepared his throne in the Heavens and his Kingdome ruleth over all Blesse Iehovah ye his Angels mighty of strength doing his Word hearkning to the voice of his Word Blesse Iehovah all ye his hosts his ministers doing his pleasure Blesse Iehovah all ye his workes in all places of his domination my soule blesse thou Iehovah Annotations ALl his rewards that is any of his benefits All is often used for any Psal. 147. 20. 1 King 10. 20. and rewards for benefits see Psal. 13. 6. Vers. 3. sicknesses all diseases griefes and punishments in soule or body and spiritually sinnes are meant by the word sicknesses Exod. 15. 26. Deut. 28. 59 61. Esa. 33. 24. See also Psal. 41. 5. and 147. 3. Vers. 4. pit of corruption death and the grave the Chaldee saith from Gehenna or Hell whither men hasten by their sinnes till God by chastisement bringeth them to repentance and then spareth them See this at large handled Iob 33. 19 23 24 27 28 30. Vers. 5. good things Hebr. the good thing see the Notes on Psal. 65. 5. is renewed or thou renewest thy selfe as an Eagle as thy youth thy flesh being fresher than in childhood thou returning to the dayes of thy youth as is said Iob 33. 25. This change is by the renewing of the minde Rom. 12. 2. wrought by the holy Ghost Tit. 3. 5. The Chaldee applieth it to renuing in the world to come as an eagles which casteth her feathers yeerely and new grow up whereby she seemeth fresh and young flyeth high and liveth long Compare Esa. 40. 31. Vers. 6. justices that is all manner justice and that which is chiefest Things are often spoken of plurally for their excellency So wisdomes Pro. 9. 1. Vers. 7. his waies wherein men ought to walk as Exod. 18. 20. Psal. 25. 4 5. or wherein him-selfe walketh his administration his workes as Psal. 77. 20. Iob 40. 14. This latter seemeth most meant here by comparing it with Exod. 33. 13. and 34. 6 7. Vers. 8. long suffering or slow to anger see Psal. 86. 15. Vers. 9. contend or chide compare Esa. â—7 16. keepe understand his anger as both Greeke and Chaldee do explaine it sometime the Hebrew it selfe manifesteth the defect as he set 1 Chron. 18. 6. that is he set garrisons 2 Sam. 8. 6. This phrase is taken from the Law Lev. 19. 18. So Ier. 3. 5. Nahum 1. 2. See also Psal. 109. 21. Vers. 13. Iehovah hath pitty the Chaldee expounds it the Word of the Lord hath pitty So in verse 19. for Iehovah is the Word of the Lord. Vers. 14. our forming that is our formed nature and
that is Contention where they strove with the Lord Numb 20. 13. See Psal. 95. 8. evill was Gods displeasure towards Moses who uttering his anger was for it deprived of comming into the land of Canaan Num. 20. 12. Deut. 3. 25 26. Vers. 34. the peoples the heathens in Canaan as is noted Iud. 1. 21. 27 29 30 31 33. though God commanded them Exod. 23. 32 33. Vers. 36. idols or images named in Hebrew of the curious labour spent in framing and serving them Ier. 10. 9. Isa. 44 9 12 13 15. or of sorrowes that they bring to such as worship them Psal. 16. 4. sometime they are called gods 2 Sam. 5. 21. compared with 1 Chro. 14. 12. a snare a scandall as the Greeke saith whereby they fell into miseries Iudg. 2. 12 13 14 15. Exod. 23. 33. Vers. 37. devils the Idols forementioned whereby deuils are worshipped and not God as 1 Cor. 10. 19 20. Rev. 9. 20. 2 Chron. 11. 15. Deut. 32. 17. Lev. 17. 7. Devils here are called Shedim Wasters in opposition to Shaddas God Almighty Psal. 68. 15. Vers. 38. with blouds that is with bloud-shed as the Chaldee expounds it with finnes of murder Vers. 39. whored committed spirituall whordome that is idolatry see Psal. 73. 27. Iudg. 2. 17. Ezek. 23. 7 37. Vers. 42. their haters the heathens round about as was prophesied Levit. 26. 17. and fulfilled Iudg. 3. 8 14. and 4. 2. and 6. 1. and 10. 7 8 9. and 13. 1. Vers. 43. Many times by Ehud Barak Gedeon Iephtah Samson c. Iud. 3. and 4. and 7. and 11. and 15. Nehem. 9. 28 30. by their counsell that is purposely and advisedly as 1 Chronicles 12. 19. Vers. 46. gave them that is procured mercy or favour towards them Vers. 47. from the heathens among whom divers Israelites were scattered by reason of their often troubles at home So 1 Chron. 16. 35 36. to glory that we may glory or commend our selves The fifth Booke PSAL. CVII The Psalmist exhorteth the redeemed in praising God to observe his manifold providence 4 over travellers 10 over captives 17 over sicke men 23 over sea men 33 and in divers varieties of life COnfesse ye to Iehovah for he is good for his mercy endureth for ever Let the redeemed of Iehovah say it whom he hath redeemed from the hand of the distresser And gathered them out of the lands from East and from West from North and from the sea They wandred in the wildernesse in the desart without way they found not a dwelling Citie Hungry and also thirstie their soule was overwhelmed in them And they cried unto Iehovah in their distresse he rid them free out of their anguishes And he led them in a right way for to come unto a dwelling Citie Let them confesse to Iehovah his mercie and his marvellous works to the sonnes of Adam For he hath satisfied the thirsty soule and filled the hungry soule with good They that sit in darknesse and the shadow of death bound in affliction and iron Because they turned rebellious against the Words of God and despised the counsell of the most high And hee humbled their heart with molestation they stumbled down and there was no helper And they cried unto Iehovah in their distresse he saved them out of their anguishes Hee brought them forth from darknesse and shadow of death and brake their bands Let them confesse to Iehovah his mercy and his marvellous works to the sonnes of Adam For he hath broken the doores of brasse and hewed asunder the barres of iron Fooles for the way of their trespasse and for their iniquities are afflicted Their soule abhorreth all meat and they approach to the gates of death And they cry unto Iehovah in their distresse he saveth them out of their anguishes Hee sendeth his word and healeth them and delivereth from their corruptions Let them confesse to Iehovah his mercy and his marvellous workes to the sons of Adam And let them sacrifice the sacrifices of confession and tell his works with shouting They that goe downe to the sea in ships that doe their labour in the many waters They doe see the workes of Iehovah and his marvellous acts in the deepe For hee saith and raiseth up the stormy wind and it lifteth up the waves thereof They mount up to the Heavens they goe downe to the deeps their soule in evill melteth away They reele and stagger like a drunken man and all their wisdome is swallowed up And they cry unto Iehovah in their distresse and he bringeth them out from their anguishes He setteth the storme to a silent calme and the waves thereof are quiet And they rejoyce because they are stilled and hee leads them unto the haven of their desire Let them confesse to Iehovah his mercy and his marvellous workes to the sonnes of Adam And let them exalt him in the Church of the people and praise him in the sitting of the Elders He putteth rivers to a wildernesse and issues of waters to a thirstinesse A land of fruit to saltnesse for the evill of them that dwell therin He putteth the wildernesse to a poole of waters and the land of drought to issues of waters And seateth there the hungry and they firmely prepare a dwelling Citie And sow the fields and plant Vineyards and they yeeld fruitfull revenue And hee blesseth them and they are multiplied greatly and their cattle hee diminisheth not And they are diminished and bowed down by restraint evill and sorrow He powreth contempt on bounteous Princes and maketh them erre in deformed wildernesse without way And raiseth up the needy from afflicting poverty and putteth his families as a flocke The righteous shall see and rejoyce and all injurious evill stop her mouth Who is wise and will observe these things and they shall understand the mercies of Iehovah Annotations THe fifth booke see Psal. 42 1. Vers. 2. whom he hath or that he hath redeemed them of the distresser or of distresse Vers. 3. the sea that is the south where the red sea was situate from Iudea as the Chaldee explaineth it the southerne sea for the maine sea was westward Ios. 23. 4. and so is often used for the West Vers. 4. desart way Heb. desart of way meaning where no way was as vers 40. see also Esa. 43. 19. This estate figureth out mens dispersion among the peoples of the world Ezek. 20. 35 36. when men are without the law Rom. 2. 14. dwelling citie Heb. citie of habitation or seating so verse 7 36. that is no harbour or place of refreshing for wilde and venomous beasts onely haunted there Ier. 2. 6. Deut. 8. 15. Compare also Eccles. 10. 15. Gen. 21. 14 15 16. Vers. 5. overwhelmed fainted see Psal. 61. 3. Vers. 7. citie this the Chaldee expoundeth of Ierusalem Vers. 9. with good or good things as the Greeke explaineth it see Psal. 65. 5. Luk. 1. 53. Vers. 10. shadow of death that is terrible darknesse meaning hereby sore afflictions in body
22. Which sense also is not amisse here shall cover or prayer-wise let it cover them and him as Psal. 2. 3. that is every of them Vers. 11. They shall bring or make move as Psal. 55. 4. upon themselves or coales shall be moved that is throwne upon them The Hebrew hath a double reading yeelding both these senses their judgements to be from God but procured by themselves he that is God shall fell them or indefinitely they shall be felled or cast deepe pits or sudden sorrowes the Greeke saith calamities the Chaldee the fire of Gehenna Vers. 12. An ill tongued man Heb. a man of tongue that is a pratler or evill speaker that hath tongue at will to use and abuse at his lust and to smite therewith as Ier. 18. 18. So a man of lips Iob 11. 2. is one talkative a man of words Exo. 4. 10. is one eloquent a man of arme Iob 22. 8. is one mighty and sundry the like to a sudden overthrow or his utter ruine and miserie Hebrew to or with thrustings downe The Chaldee paraphraseth The Angell of death shall hunt him and thrust him downe into hell Vers. 14. sit before thy face or dwell with thy face that is in thy presence see Psal. 16. 11. and 61. 8. PSAL. CXLI David prayeth that his suit may be acceptable his conscience sincere and his life safe from snares A Psalme of David IEhovah I call upon thee make haste unto me give eare to my voice when I call unto thee Let my prayer be firmely directed as incense before thee the lifting up of my hands as the evening oblation Set thou Iehovah a watch before my mouth keepe the doore of my lips Incline not my heart to an evill thing to pretend pretences in wickednesse with men that worke painfull iniquity and let me not eat their dainties Let the just man smite mee it shall be a kindnesse and let him reprove mee the head-oile let it not breake mine head for yet my prayer also shall be in their evils Their Iudges are throwne down by the Rock sides and they shall heare my sayings for they are pleasant As when one cutteth and cleaveth on the earth our bones are scattered at the mouth of hell But mine eyes are unto thee Iehovih Lord in thee I hope for safetie powre not out my soule Keepe mee from hands of the snare which they have laid for me and the grinnes of them that worke painfull iniquity Let the wicked fall into his net whiles I together passe over Annotations BE firmely directed or prepared and so acceptable as incense or perfume which was a confection of sweet spices made after the art of the Apothecary pure and holy and was by the Priests burned upon the golden altar every morning before the Lord Exod. 30. 34 35 36. 7. 8. a figure of the praiers of the Saints acceptable to God through Christs mediation as this place sheweth compared with Rev. 8. 3. my hands or palmes lifted up in praier see Psal. 63. 5. evening oblation the Manchah properly was the meat-offering which was fine flower mingled with oile offered together with the Lambe every evening before the Lord continually as Exod. 29. 39 40 41 42. Num. 28. 2 3 8. Here it is taken for the whole oblation at the time of the offering whereof the godly used to pray Exod. 9. 5. Dan. 9. 21. it was at the ninth houre of the day about three of the clocke in the afternoone called the houre of praier Acts 3. 1. Vers. 3. a watch or a ward custody to keep me from speaking amisse keepe observe thou or an observation before the doore the doore or gate of my lips by which my words passe out as at a doore so the doores of the wombe Iob 3. 10. The originall dal is contracted for deleth a doore though this be rare yet the Hebrew text sometime doth the like as Chaji 2 Sam. 23. 20. for Chajil 1 Chron. 11. 22. Vers. 4. Incline not to wit by Satan or mine owne corruption for God properly tempteth no man to evill but the devill and mans owne concupiscence Iam. 1. 13 14. 1 Cor. 7. 5. and by Satan God moveth mens minds as appeareth 1 Chro. 21. 1. with 2 Sam. 24. 1. So Matt. 6. 13. evill thing or word see Psal. 7. 1. to pretend pretences or excuses thus the Greeke turneth it the Hebrew also signifieth occasions pretended as Deut. 22. 14 17. Or we may reade it to practise practises in wickednesse with men that worke or with men workers that is such as stoutly boldly and manfully worke iniquity their dainties the Chaldee expoundeth it of their songs at bankers Vers. 5. smite or beat me the word properly signifieth beating with an hammer Psal. 74. 6. Iudg. 5. 26. applied to sharperebukes So Prov. 23. 35. Compare also Prov. 9. 8. and 25. 12. and 28. 23. Zach. 13. 6. it shall be a kindnesse a mercy or with kindnesse that is let him smite mee kindly and reprove me the head-oile that is the chiefe or precious oile as head spices are chiefe and principall Exod. 30. 23. or oile of the head which is to anoint the head with Or by head understand the chiefest of his adversaries as before Ps. 140. 10. for this seemeth to be an opposition to the former thus let the just smite mee but let not the precious oile or the oile of the head of the wicked break mine head and this the Greeke favoureth saying but let not the oile of the sinner supple mine head by oile meaning flattering words as Psal. 55. 22. Otherwise we may referre it to the former just mans reproofe it shall be a precious oile let him not make it faile my head The Chaldee otherwise expoundeth it and let the Priest reprove me anointing mee with the anointing oile of the Sanctuary but let him not take the crowne of the kingdome from mine head let it not breake my head not distract or dazell my wits not overcome me the Hebrew word signifieth breaking and bringing to nought Ps. 33. 10. and is applied to the breaking of the heart by discouragement Num. 32. 7. and here to the breaking of the head or bringing to nought of counsels purposes c. by flattery Or if it be understood of the just we may reade it let him not make it faile mine head that is let the oile of his reproofe not be wanting upon mine head in their evils or against their evils which may be applied to the evil deeds of the wicked or calamities of the just and here understand is or shall be in their evils or as the Chaldee explaineth it is ordered against their evill Vers. 6. Their Iudges the Princes of mine adversaries are throwne downe or throw downe themselves that is secretly pursue and beset me in the rockes and mountaines whither I am forced to flee 1 Sam. 24. 3. and 23. 26. The word may also beare their throwing down to destruction as 1 Chro. 25. 12. by the
shalt lye unto mee that is that thou wilt not lye and in Marke 8. 12. if a signe be given which is explained in Matt. 16. 4. a signe shall not be given Stirring is opposed unto quietnesse or sitting still and unto sleepe and rest Psal. 80. 3. and 35. 23. Dan. 11. 25. Zach. 2. 13. 4. 1. and the Lord is said then to stir up or awake when he delivereth his Church out of troubles Psalme 78. 65. 66. and the Church then stirreth up the Lord when it earnestly prayeth for such deliverance Psal. 44. 24. 25. The Chaldee Paraphrast and other Hebrewes understand it so here but apply it to the deliverance of Israel out of Aegypt which might not bee untill the time appointed of God and if we take it in this sense the daughters of Ierusalem are charged to suffer affliction for and with Christ in faith and patience unto the comming of the Lord Iam. 5. 7. 1 Pet. 5. 6. 7. and not to provoke him by murmuring or otherwise through feare and unbeleefe a figure wherof may be seene in Christs sleeping in the storme and the disciples waking him Marke 4. 37. 40. But it may be applyed unto the stirring and provoking of Christ by sinne for which he often departeth from his people and chasteneth their transgressions Exod. 23. 20. 21. Esay 59. 2. and 63. 10. that they should by no meanes grieve the holy Spirit of God Ephes. 4. 30. the Love understand my Love meaning Christ her beloved who is called Love for excellency sake as in Song 1. 4. righteousnesses were righteous persons because God is Love 1 Iohn 4. 8. most worthy to be loved and loving his most dearly So loves for lovers in Hos. 8. 9. Afterward the Spouse her selfe is called by this name Love in Song 7. 6. untill it please or untill he please speaking of Christ and being understood of stirring or provoking him by sinne it meaneth never for so the word untill often signifieth as Michal had no child untill the day of her death 2 Sam. 6. 23. that is she never had any and this iniquity shall not be purged from you till yee dye Esay 22. 14. and I will not leave thee untill I have done that which I have spoken unto thee Gen. 28. 15. and sundry the like Vers. 8. The voice Here the Spouse breaketh out and rejoyceth to heare the Bridegroomes voice and signifieth to her friends the comforts that she had thereby as it was her soules sicknesse and griefe when he withdrew himselfe and kept silence By the voice is meant the word of his grace the preaching of the Gospell which she knoweth to be his and receiveth with joy as Christs sheep are said to heare and to know the voice of the shepheard and not a strangers Iohn 10. 3. 4. c. In this sense he said before Pilate Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice Ioh. 18. 37. and they knew not the voices of the Prophets Acts 13. 27. that is their doctrines and to day if yee shall heare his voice harden not your hearts c. Heb. 3. 7. This voice is heard before his comming to prepare the hearers to receive him as Iohn the Baptist who prepared the way before Christ is called the Voice of a cryer c. Marke 1. 2. 3. behold he commeth A further degree of grace from him and comfort in her that she not onely heareth his voice but seeth him comming to save her as is promised in Esay 35. 4. By the preaching of the Gospell received with faith Christ himselfe commeth and is present with his people Ioh. 13. 20. Gal. 3. 1. And as the Church was sicke of love vers 5. so Christ here answereth to her desire fulfilling that which he promised If a man love me hee will keepe my words and my Father will love him and we will come unto him and make our abode with him Iohn 14. 23. leaping a similitude taken from the Roes and Harts whereunto Christ is likened in vers 9. which are swift in running and skip upon mounts hills and rockes as in Esay 35. 6. the lame man shall leape as an Hart. Hereby therefore Christs speed and readinesse to helpe is signified upon the mountaines that is openly and apparently to the eye of faith as in Nahum 1. 15. Behold upon the mountaines the feet of him that bringeth good tidings c. Spiritually by the mountaines and hils may be meant the Kingdomes and Nations of the world subdued unto Christ by the preaching of the Gospell Rev. 11. 15. Or it may be translated over the mountaines and over the hills passing over all impediments which might seeme to hinder him as the sinnes of his people the opposition of the world and the like So the adversaries of the Church are likened to a mountaine in Zach. 4. 7. Who art thou ô great mountaine before Zerubbabel thou shalt become a plaine And by the preaching of the Gospell every mountaine and hill shall be made low Esay 40. 4. See also Esay 41. 15. and 42. 15. Habak 3. 6. Vers. 9. Like a Roe for swiftnesse 2 Sam. 2. 18. and for pleasantnesse Prov. 5. 19. The same is meant by the next similitude of the Fawn or yong Hart 2 Sam. 22. 34. Prov. 5. 19. fawne of the Hindes or of the Harts for the originall word implyeth both males and females and shee speaketh in the plurall number either because the Fawne is ingendred of both male and female which delight each in other or for excellency as Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it the Fawne of a choice Hinde or Hart. Here the Church sheweth the readinesse of Christ to helpe her as in verse 8. she saw him come leaping and skipping so by these two creatures most swift of â—cot she signifieth the speed hee maketh as in Chap. 8. 14. and the mutuall love and delight betweene them according to Prov. 5. 19. behind our wall This signifieth a more neere communion with Christ then when he was farther off leaping on the mountaines and yet not so neere but there was still a wall betweene her and him which parted them so the degrees of graces are here meant whereby Christ manifesteth his love to his Church not wholly at once but as he seeth good for us that by beholding and delighting in his goodnesse we may bee drawne to follow him calling us after him vers 10. His standing behind our wall if it bee referred to Christ himselfe may be understood of his incarnation when he dwelt in our house of clay as it is called in Iob 4. 19. and in our flesh appeared preached suffered c. to draw us after him into the kingdome of his Father as Iohn 1. â—4 the word was made flesh and dwelt amongst us and wee beheld his glory the glory as of the onely begotten of the Father full of grace and truth If it be referred to the wall which God hath made for his Church it may meane his holy ordinances which in the time
the well eating and chewing of her spirituall food from the washing the second praise of her teeth that they are white and cleane as washed sheep which seemeth to respect besides comelinesse the purity of the spirituall meat wherewith she is fed as it is a part of Iudahs blessing that his teeth should be white with milke Gen. 49. 12. beare twinnes as fruitfull ewes bring forth twinnes of equall bignesse so the teeth are set in double rankes one answerable to another which is the third property for which they are praysed bereaved of the yong or robbed of the yong by miscarying or any other accident Barren is that which beareth not Esa. 54. 1. but the word here used signifieth either miscarrying in the birth or losse of that which is brought forth by robberie death or the like so this denoteth the stedfastnesse of every tooth in his place after it is brought forth against the inconveniences forementioned These teeth of the Church which chiefly serve to eate with may here meane her courage and strength against her enemies as is prophesied of Israel hee shall eate up the Nations his enemies Num. 24. 8. or rather her judging discerning esteeming and applying of the word of God and seales of his Covenant for the comfort and nourishing of her soule so chewing the cudde and feeding by faith upon the promises of God which are often made under the similitude of eating and drinking as in Psal. 22. 26. Prov. 9. 5. Esa. 65. 13. Ioh. 6. 41. 50. 51. Some referring this to persons understand by the teeth the Ministers of the word that breake and as it were chew the bread of life unto and for the people So the Chaldee expoundeth these teeth to bee the Priests and Levites that did offer and eate the sacrifices in Israel Vers. 3. a threed or a lace a line aribband of scarlet that is thinne in substance red of colour as scarlet double-dyed which two things are the grace of the lips Here by the lips of the Church are commended her doctrines reproofes prayers prayses c. For the lips are the instruments wherwith words are uttered whether in prayer as Zeph. 3. 9. Psal. 21. 2 or praise and thankes as Psal. 66. 3. Heb. 13. 15. or vowes as Psal. 66. 13. 14. or doctrine Mal 2. 6. 7. Psal. 119. 13. or pleading as Iob 13. 6. or comfort as Iob 16. 5. or any other speech All these shee uttereth not with swelling words of vanity or taught by humane wisedome but by the Spirit of God who hath poured grace into her lippes and by faith in the blood of Christ wherein her doctrines prayers comforts are all dyed and coloured 1 Cor. 2. 4. 12. 13. and 1. 17. 18. Or these things applied to persons signifie the administers of the word and prayer as the Chaldee paraphrast applyeth it to the high Priest in Israel and his prayers for the reconciliation of the Church on Atonement day Levit. 16. Other of the Iewes expound it of the singers in Israel comely gracious and to be desired see the notes on Song 1. 5. So our praises of God are said to be pleasant and comely Psal. 147. 1. and we are commanded that our speech be alway with grace Colos. 4. 6. thy temples Hebr. thy temple that is each of the temples of thine head Here by the cheekes also may be meant as the Greeke version here hath it which are adjoyned to the temples whose red colour like a peece of pomegranate when it is cut are a part of the beauty of the face and a signe of modestie and shamefastnesse So here in the Church it betokeneth her reverend and modest countenance as fearing and taking heed lest shee should speake or doe amisse or blushing if she hath failed Some doe explaine this to signifie the Governours of the Church and the similitude of the pomegranate to denote the fruit and benefit that commeth by such The Chaldee also expoundeth it of the King in Israel and the locke after mentioned of the Governours under him Vers. 4. like the towre of David whereof mention is made in Nehem. 3. 19. 25. or the fort of Zion which David tooke and builded 2 Sam. 5. 7. 9. Hereby is meant that her necke was upright high and strong for the necke is named in Hebrew Tsavvaar of firmnesse and strength a Tower Migdal is a building great and high Esa. 2. 15. This signifieth the magnanimity and courage the sure hope the bold and comfortable cariage of the Church whiles shee being by faith united unto Christ her head doth no longer bow downe her necke to beare the yoke of her enemies to serve Satan and sinne any more or to bee a servant unto men Rom. 6. 17. 18. 1 Cor. 7. 23. but by the weapons of her warfare which are not carnall but mighty for God 2 Cor. 10. 4. shee standeth and withstandeth in the evill day taking the shield of saith the sword of the Spirit which is the word of God and other like armour wherewith shee defendeth her selfe and discomfiteth all her enemies Ephes. 6. 11. 17. so that her necke is like the horses clothed with thunder and terrour Iob 39. 19. The contrary state of the Church was figured by the captivity of Babylon when her necke was under persecution and her transgressions as ayoke were wreathed and come-up upon her necke Lam. 5. 5. and 1. 14. See after in Song 7. 4. The Hebrewes in their Chaldee Paraphrase expound this necke to meane the Chiefe of the Session or great Councel in Israel for an armorie to hang swords on and other like weapons of warre The Hebrew word Talpijoth used onely in this place is by the Greeke left uninterpreted Thalpioth and seemeth to be derived of Thalah to hang and pijoth two-edged swords meaning all instruments to offend or wound the enemy as the bucklers and shields after mentioned were to defend her selfe bucklers hang or are hanged a buckler hath the name in the originall of protection or defence the word following shields which seemeth to be borrowed from the Hebrew name Shiltei hath the signification of power or dominion as being used of great and mighty men Such bucklers and shields of David were sometime kept in the house of God 2 Chro. 23. 9. and as the taking away of shields from the enemy was a signe of victorie 2 Sam. 8. 7. so the hanging of them up on walles was a signe of glory Ezek. 27. 11. of mighty men This hath reference to Davids worthies or mighty men who held strongly with him in his kingdome and with all Israel to make him King whose names and heroicall deedes are recorded in 1 Chro. 11. 10. 47. Their shields hanged up in Davids towre for moniments are here taken for figures and examples of all the mighty men of God which by the shield of faith in God and Christ the shield of his people have done many great and mighty workes as the Apopostle bringeth a cloud of witnesses in Hebr.
is passed from death unto life Ioh. 5. 24. For the wages of sinne is death but the gift of God is eternall life through Iesus Christ our Lod Rom. 6. 23. Vers. 10. Oboth Of these places and journeyes see Numb 33. where they are reckoned in order for here some are named and other some omitted Vers. 11. before Moab before the Moabites countrey The posteritie of Moab and Ammon the sonnes of Lot Gen. 19. 36. 38. had vanquished the Giants called Emims and Zamzummims which before dwelt in those parts and succeeded them and dwelt in their stead Deut. 2. 10 11 20 〈◊〉 Through the wildernesse along by their coasts did Israel palse but were forbidden to warre with them or with the Edomites Deut. 2. 9. 19 5. Vers. 12. The valley of Zared or the bourne of Zared or Zered which word bourne as also the Hebrew Nachal is both a valley and a river running thorow a valley and so this Zared was a river or brooke also over which Israel passed See Deut. 2. 13. Vers. 14. it is said Hebr. it shall be said The time to come noteth a continued or common saying so he speaketh as of a knowne speech the booke or the narration the rehearsall of the warres of Jehovah what booke this was is uncertaine whether some writing of Israel not now extant or some writing of the Amorites which contained songs and triumphes of their King Sihons victories out of which Moses may cite this testimony as Paul sometime doth out of heathen Poets Act. 17. 28. Tit. 1. 12. Vaheb this is thought by some to be the name of the King of Moab whom Sihon vanquished vers 26. by others to be the name of a place or citie The Greeke Interpreters mistaking * 〈…〉 Z. for †V. which in Hebrew are one like another reade it Zoob and give this sense Therefore it is said in the booke The warre of the Lord hath set on fire or burned Zoob and the brookes of Arnon The Chaldee Paraphrast whom others also follow taketh it for no proper name but expoundeth it thus The warres that the Lord did at the red Sea and the mightie workes at the brookes of Arnon in a whirle-wind o◠〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tempest understand the Lord by the 〈◊〉 of Sihon against Moab hath consumed 〈◊〉 iâ— a whirle-wind or with a tempest So warres 〈◊〉 often set forth by the similitudes of fire tempest 〈◊〉 winds and the like as I will kindle a fire 〈◊〉 thâ— wall of Rabah and it shall devoure the pa 〈…〉 thereof with shouting in the day of battell with 〈…〉 pest in the day of the whirle-wind Aâ—â—◠〈◊〉 14 and Thou shalt be visited of the Lord of hâ—sts with thunder c. with whirle-wind and teâ—pest and the flame of devouring fire Esay 29. 6. and againe The Lord will come with fire and with his chariots like a whirle-wind Esay 66. 15. So in Naâ—um 1. 3. Esay 5. 28. Ierem. 4. 13. And thus the Greeke explaineth it The war of the Lord hath set Zoob on fire Some take the Hebrew Suphah which usually signifieth whirle-wind or storme to be here the name of a place the same that is called Suph in Deut. 1. 1. which also is the name of the redsea as is noted on Exod. 10. 19. so the Chaldee interpreteth it the red sea and the brookes or the bournes of Arnon to wit the Lord hath consumed or as in vers 28. the flame hath consumed the bournes of Arnon It may also be expounded The Lord warred with Vaheb in a whirle-wind and with the brookes of Arnon Moses intendeth by this testimony to shew how the Israelites had right to this countrey for it being sometimes Moabs land with whom Israel might not meddle Deut. 2. 9. the Lord had before Israels comming â—â—â—rred up the spirit of Sihon King of the Amorites to sight against the King of Moab and to take this pâ—rt of his country from him as is after mentioned Num. 21. 28 29. Then Israel comming and being commanded of God to warre against the Amorites Deut. 2. 24. tooke it againe out of Sihons hand and so became lawfull possessour of this land by conquest This right Iephthah defended for Israel when after many yeares the Ammonites brethren 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ab required these lands to be restored again see the story in Judg. 11. 12 13. 27. For the Moaâ—â—â—eâ— and Ammonites were neighbours and Chaz 〈…〉 eth on Numb 21. 23. that as Sihon had taken the land of Moab on the South-side from Iordan 〈◊〉 the river Arnon so he had taken on the Northsid◠〈◊〉 land of the sons of Ammon unto Jabok and for thâ—◠〈◊〉 it was lawfull for Israel to possesse it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is that which our Doctors have said Moab 〈◊〉 Aâ—â—mon were purified by Sihon Vers. 15. And the streame or the shedding the 〈…〉 usion of the brookes This verse seemeth to be a continuance of the former testimony out of the 〈◊〉 of the warres of Jehovah to shew the limits 〈◊〉 â—ounds of this country which Sihon had won 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it was distinguished from Moabs land 〈◊〉 a citie of Moab vers 28. called in Greeke Er. leaneth upon the border that is as the Greeke explaineth it lieth by or is adjoyned to the â—â—â—ders of Moab Vers. 16. From thence to Beer or to the Well â—or 〈◊〉 Beer signifieth and the Greeke translateth it front thence the Well or pit Some understand here from thence they journeyed to Beer the Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth it from thence was given unto them the Well Of this Beer there is no mention among the journeyes of the people in Num. 33. I will give them water The Greeke addeth water to drinke The Lord who before had suffered the people to thirst and gave them water when they murmured against him Exod. 17. Numb 20. doth now of his grace give them a Well of water when they murmured not to teach them to depend upon him by faith for they that seeke the Lord shall not want any good thing Psal. 34. 10. Wherefore the people were to be assembled that all might behold the goodnesse of God and sing his praise And this water of the Well had also a like spirituall signification as the waters of the Rocke for as the Rocke was Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. so the Well figured him who is the fountaine of the gardens the Well of living waters Song 4. 15. and the waters signified the Spirit which they that beleeve on him shall receive Iohn 7. 38 39. Esay 44. 3. of which water whosoever drinketh shall never thirst but the water that Christ shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life Iohn 4. 14. This grace he promised of old to his people saying The poore and needie seeke water and there is none their tongue faileth for thirst I Iehovah will heare them I the God of Israel will not forsake them I will open rivers in high places and fountaines in the midst of the